Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Viavi Solutions

Viavi Solutions

viav · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker viav
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Viavi Solutions
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2020 
 OR
 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from

to

Commission File Number 000-22874 
Viavi Solutions Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

94-2579683

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

6001 America Center Drive, San Jose, California 95002 
(Address of principal executive offices including Zip code)

(408) 404-3600 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value of $0.001 per share

VIAV

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes 

  No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes 

  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 

12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes 

  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of 
this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

 Yes 

  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth 
company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check 
one):

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with a new or revised financial 

accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes 

No 

As of December 28, 2019, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting 
common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $3.5 billion, based upon the closing sale prices of the common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Stock 
Market LLC. Shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors have been excluded from this calculation because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This 
determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of July 25, 2020, the Registrant had 228,318,250 shares of common stock outstanding. 

Portions of the Registrant’s Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after Registrant’s fiscal 

year end of June 27, 2020 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES
ITEM 16. 10-K SUMMARY

SIGNATURES

Page

3

12

23

23

23

23

24

26

27

45

47

104

104

105

105

105

106

106

106

107
110

111

1

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 27, 2020 (Annual Report on Form 10-
K), which we also refer to as the Report, which are not historical facts are forward-looking statements within the meaning of 
Section 21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  A  forward-looking  statement  may  contain  words  such  as 
“anticipates,” “believes,” “can,” “can impact,” “could,” “continue,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “ongoing,” 
“plans,” “potential,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “will continue to be,” “would,” or the negative thereof or other comparable 
terminology  regarding  beliefs,  plans,  expectations  or  intentions  regarding  the  future.  Forward-looking  statements  include 
statements such as:

•  Our  expectations  regarding  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of 

operations and liquidity;

•  Our  expectations  regarding  demand  for  our  products  and  services,  including  industry  trends  and  technological 
advancements that may drive such demand, the role we will play in those advancements and our ability to benefit from 
such advancements;

•  Our plans for growth and innovation opportunities; 

•  Financial projections and expectations, including profitability of certain business units, plans to reduce costs and improve 
efficiencies, the effects of seasonality on certain business units, continued reliance on key customers for a significant 
portion of our revenue, future sources of revenue, competition and pricing pressures, the future impact of certain accounting 
pronouncements and our estimation of the potential impact and materiality of litigation; 

•  Our plans for continued development, use and protection of our intellectual property; 

•  Our strategies for achieving our current business objectives, including related risks and uncertainties; 

•  Our plans or expectations relating to investments, acquisitions, partnerships and other strategic opportunities; 

•  Our strategies for mitigating the risk of supply chain interruptions; 

•  Our research and development plans and the expected impact of such plans on our financial performance; and 

•  Our expectations related to our products, including costs associated with the development of new products, product yields, 

quality and other issues.

Management cautions that forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions and are subject 
to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking 
statements. These forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks and uncertainties including those set 
forth in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other documents we file with 
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy 
and completeness of these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this Report 
and  subsequent  facts  or  circumstances  may  contradict,  obviate,  undermine  or  otherwise  fail  to  support  or  substantiate  such 
statements. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this Form 10-K to conform 
such statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

2

Table of Contents

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

GENERAL

Overview

PART I

Viavi Solutions Inc. (VIAVI, also referred to as the Company, we, our, and us) is a global provider of network test, monitoring 
and assurance solutions for communications service providers, enterprises, network equipment manufacturers, government and 
avionics. We help these customers harness the power of instruments, automation, intelligence and virtualization to Command the 
network. VIAVI is also a leader in light management solutions for 3D sensing, anti-counterfeiting, consumer electronics, industrial, 
government, automotive and defense applications.

To serve our markets, we operated in the following business segments:

•  Network Enablement (NE);

• 

Service Enablement (SE); and

•  Optical Security and Performance Products (OSP)

Industry Trends

NE and SE

NE and SE are collectively referred to as Network and Service Enablement (NSE).

The telecommunications (Telecom) and cable industries are experiencing a major evolution in technology that is likely to 
last for the next decade as wireless communications expand and evolve from 4G to 5G technology with its promise of greater 
bandwidth capacity, faster transmission speeds and lower latency response time. 5G is a disruptive technology that is being gradually 
deployed by service providers using millimeter wave and sub-6 GHz technologies. 

Wireless communications connectivity at the edge, or the “last mile” or “last hundred yards”, will bring gigahertz speeds 
and capacity to the home as well as to “all devices” and to “all connected things (e.g. Cars, Drones, Bots, etc.)”. The 5G transition 
is being deployed globally and is expected to be disruptive to businesses, consumers and potentially create new applications and 
vertical industries. The adoption of 5G also requires increased bandwidth, high speed, and low latency backhaul capability from 
the  network  edge  to  the  network  core.  This  requires  optical  fiber  upgrade  or  buildout  as  legacy  copper  line  networks  are 
decommissioned.  100GbE optical fiber is being deployed in many metropolitan networks, with the leading-edge networks installing 
400GbE optical fiber. In the labs, 800GbE fiber technology is being evaluated for the future next generation optical network. These 
investments will extend fiber connectivity beyond the office and home and permeate “fiber-to-the-everywhere.”

While new networks are deploying 5G wireless and advanced optical fiber technology, existing network infrastructure that 
is not otherwise being upgraded is still expected to be modernized with new cable and access technologies. Cable service providers 
are investing in DOCSIS 3.1 to enhance existing cable networks with higher speed connectivity and bandwidth capacity. Some 
telecom operators with legacy copper digital subscriber line (DSL) have chosen to extend the useful life of these legacy networks 
by upgrading to Gfast technology. Many operators, however, have decided to run existing legacy networks until no longer operable 
and then replace them with new optical fiber. The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in global work-office shutdown and Work-From-
Home policies among network service providers, network equipment manufacturers and its related supply chain.  This in turn 
disrupted and delayed new network construction build out, general network maintenance and new technology development. 

5G Wireless has broader applications beyond smart mobile devices. 5G’s increased bandwidth capacity and speed, as well 
as lower latency, should enable numerous devices, referred to as the “Internet of Things” (IOT), to have greater device-to-device 
connectivity to enable smart homes, smart cities, smart grid, smart and autonomous cars, factory automation and other applications 
that are yet to be conceptualized.

The scale and complexity of these technology shifts are also challenging service providers to rearchitect their networks, 

becoming more automated, virtualized and optimized based on real-time intelligence.

The convergence of network technologies requires significant investments from both the traditional carriers (telecom and 
cable) and cloud service providers. To achieve scale and a profitable return on investment, these communications service providers 
(CSPs) in recent years have consolidated and are expected to continue to consolidate. While traditional service provider capital 
spending in physical networks has been declining, and this impacts the served available market opportunity for our NSE segment. 

3

Table of Contents

However, the new cloud service providers and virtualized networks create new NSE opportunities. Our NE and SE products and 
solutions are well positioned to meet these rapidly changing industry trends, given our technology and products, as well as customer 
installed base.

NE’s AvComm (or Avionics Communications) products from our acquisition of that business from Cobham plc in March 
2018, further expand NSE’s Test & Measurement (T&M) opportunity into the government, civil, aerospace and military markets 
for communications and public safety testing.  Military radio test and avionics products are a growth opportunity as defense and 
public safety department budgets increase significantly due to the ongoing upgrade from analog to digital communications.

OSP

The threat of counterfeiting of banknotes and documents of value is rising as counterfeiters have increasing access to a broad 
range of advanced but relatively low-cost imaging technologies and printing tools. With this access, counterfeiters have the ability 
to potentially create simulations of actual documents and products for illicit purposes, creating the need for robust, technically 
sophisticated and easy to validate anti-counterfeiting features. We have decades of anti-counterfeiting expertise leveraging our 
Optically Variable Pigment (OVP®), and our Optically Variable Magnetic Pigment (OVMP®) technologies to protect the integrity 
of banknotes and other high-value documents by delivering optical effects that, on one hand, consumers can easily recognize but 
on the other hand, counterfeiters find very difficult to reproduce.

In addition to Anti-Counterfeiting solutions, we also provide optical technologies for the 3D sensing, consumer electronics, 
government, automotive, and industrial markets. For example, we manufacture and sell optical filters for 3D sensing applications 
that enable consumers to interact with their devices more naturally by allowing electronic devices to accurately measure depth 
and motion. Our filters play an important role in those applications, separating out ambient light from the incoming data used by 
sensors to make precise measurements. Notably, our patented low angle shift technology enables our customers to significantly 
improve the signal-to-noise ratio of their systems and deliver reliable system performance. Through the development of multiple 
generations of products for 3D sensing and by delivering improved performance and competitive value with each iteration, we 
believe we have established ourselves as the industry’s leading supplier of high-performance filters enabling depth-sensing systems 
in consumer electronics. In October 2018, we broadened our portfolio of 3D sensing technologies when we acquired RPC Photonics 
(RPC), a technology leader in engineered optical diffusers, marketed under the trademark “Engineered DiffusersTM.” Engineered 
DiffusersTM diffuse  the  infrared  laser  light  transmitted  by  a  smartphone  in  3D  sensing  applications,  enabling  reliable  system 
performance while guarding eye safety. In user facing applications of 3D sensing including facial recognition, our Engineered 
DiffusersTM enable infrared light to safely impinge on the target, i.e. human facial profile. That light is then reflected back to the 
3D Sensor on the smartphone and an image process gathers the target information.

Sales and Marketing

CSPs make up the majority of NE and SE revenues. We also market and sell products to network equipment manufacturers 
(NEMs), original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), enterprises, governmental organizations, distributors and strategic partners 
worldwide. We have a dedicated sales force organized around each of the markets that we serve that works directly with customers’ 
executive, technical, manufacturing and purchasing personnel to determine design, performance and cost requirements. We are 
also supported by a worldwide channel community, including our Velocity Solution Partners who support our NE and SE segments.

OSP sales and marketing efforts are targeted primarily toward customers in the consumer electronics, government, industrial, 
medical and automotive markets. We have a dedicated direct global sales force focused on understanding customers’ requirements 
and building market awareness and acceptance of our products. Our direct sales force is complemented by a highly trained team 
of field applications engineers who assist customers in designing, testing and qualifying our products. We market our products 
and capabilities through attendance at trade shows, the production of promotional webinars, participation in technical forums, 
select advertising and by developing customer partnerships.

A high level of support is a critical part of our strategy to develop and maintain long-term collaborative relationships with 
our customers. We develop innovative products by engaging our customers at the initial design phase and continues to build that 
relationship as our customers’ needs change and develop. Service and support are provided through our offices and those of our 
partners worldwide.

Corporate Information

The Company was incorporated in California in 1979 as Uniphase Corporation and reincorporated in Delaware in 1993. Our 
heritage includes several significant mergers and acquisitions including, among others, the combination of Uniphase Corporation 
and JDS FITEL in 1999. In 2000, we acquired Optical Coatings Laboratory, Inc., which is currently part of our OSP business 
segment, and in 2005 we acquired Acterna, Inc. which is currently part of our NSE business segments. Following these acquisitions, 
we operated as a company comprised of a portfolio of businesses with a focus on optical innovation, communications network 

4

Table of Contents

and service enablement, commercial lasers and anti-counterfeiting solutions. In August 2015, JDSU completed the separation of  
our Lumentum business (the Separation) to gain greater strategic flexibility to address rapidly changing market dynamics. At the 
same time, we changed our name to Viavi Solutions Inc. Additionally, for the last several years, we have implemented multiple 
manufacturing, facility, organizational and product line transitions. We expect some of these activities to continue for the foreseeable 
future. Our headquarters are located at 6001 America Center Drive, San Jose, California 95002, and our telephone number is (408) 
404-3600. Our website address is www.viavisolutions.com.

We are subject to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), under which 
we file annual, quarterly and periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website, 
www.sec.gov,  which  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file 
electronically with the SEC. We also make available free of charge, all of our SEC filings on our website at www.viavisolutions.com/
investors as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information contained 
on any of the websites referenced in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not part of or incorporated by reference into this or any 
other report we file with, or furnish to, the SEC.

Corporate Strategy

Our objective is to continue to be a leading provider in the markets and industries we serve. In support of our business 

segments, we are pursuing a corporate strategy that we believe will best position us for future opportunities as follows:

•  Market leadership in physical and virtualized test and measurement instruments with opportunity to grow market share;
•  Market leadership in Anti-Counterfeiting pigments, 3D sensing optical filters and Engineered DiffusersTM;
•  Market leadership in 5G wireless, public safety radio and navigation/communication transponder test instruments;
• 

Increase the benefit from the use of our net operating loss carryforwards (NOL) by improving our profitability organically 
and inorganically; and,

•  Greater flexibility in capital structure enabling greater capital return to shareholders.

Our near-term strategy, and next transformation phase, will be a greater focus on growth, both organic and inorganic. We 
expect to leverage major secular growth trends in 5G Wireless, Fiber and 3D Sensing to achieve higher levels of revenue and 
profitability.

Our long-term capital allocation strategy, which supports our corporate strategy, is as follows:

•  Maintenance and run-rate investments to support operations;
•  Organic investments in initiatives to support revenue growth and productivity;
•  Return capital to shareholders through share buybacks; and,
•  Mergers and acquisitions that are synergistic to company strategy and business segments.

Although we expect to successfully implement our strategy, internal and/or external factors could impact our ability to meet 

any, or all, of our objectives. These factors are discussed under Item 1A - Risk Factors.

Business Segments

We operate in two broad business categories: NSE and OSP. NSE operates in two reportable segments, NE and SE, whereas 
OSP operates as a single segment. Our NSE and OSP businesses are each organized with its own engineering, manufacturing and 
dedicated sales and marketing groups focused on each of the markets we serve to better support our customers and respond quickly 
to market needs. In addition, our segments share common corporate services that provide capital, infrastructure, resources and 
functional support, allowing them to focus on core technological strengths to compete and innovate in their markets.

The table below discloses the percentage of our total net revenue attributable to each of our three reportable segments.

Network Enablement

Service Enablement

Optical Security and Performance Products

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

65.7%

9.0

25.3

65.3%

9.1

25.6

61.6%

13.5

24.9

5

Table of Contents

Network Enablement

Our  NE  segment  provides  an  integrated  portfolio  of  testing  solutions  that  access  the  network  to  perform  build-out  and 
maintenance tasks. These solutions include instruments, software and services to design, build, turn-up, certify, troubleshoot, and 
optimize networks. They also support more profitable, higher-performing networks and help speed time-to-revenue.

Our solutions address lab and production environments, field deployment and service assurance for wireless and wireline 
networks, including storage networks. Our test instrument portfolio is one of the largest in the industry, with hundreds of thousands 
of units in active use by major NEMs, operators and services providers worldwide. Designed to be mobile, these products include 
instruments and software that access the network to perform installation and maintenance tasks that help service provider technicians 
assess the performance of network elements and segments and verify the integrity of the information being transmitted across the 
network. These instruments are highly intelligent and have user interfaces that are designed to simplify operations and minimize 
the training required to operate them. 

Within the NE product portfolio, our wireless products consist of flexible application software and multi-function hardware 
that our customers can easily use as standalone test and measurement solutions or combine with industry-standard computers, 
networks and third-party devices to created measurement, automation and embedded systems. Our Radio Access Network (RAN 
to Core) test and validation product addresses the various communications infrastructure market segments.

We also offer a range of product support and professional services designed to comprehensively address our customers’ 
requirements. These  services  include  repair,  calibration,  software  support  and  technical  assistance  for  our  products. We  offer 
product and technology training as well as consulting services. Our professional services, provided in conjunction with system 
integration projects, include project management, installation and implementation.

Our Avionics products group is a global leader in T&M instrumentation for communication and safety in the government, 
civil,  aerospace  and  military  markets.  Avionic  product  solutions  encompass  a  full  spectrum  of  instrumentation  from  turnkey 
systems, stand-alone instruments or modular components that provide customers with highly reliable, customized, innovative and 
cost-effective testing tools. 

Markets

Our NE segment provides solutions for CSPs, as well as NEMs and data center providers that deliver and/or operate broadband/
IP networks (fixed and mobile) supporting voice, video and data services as well as a wide range of applications. These solutions 
support the development and production of network equipment, the deployment of next generation network technologies and 
services, and ensure a higher-quality customer experience. AvComm products are positioned in all of the customers’ product life 
cycle phases from R&D, manufacturing, installation, deployment and field, to depot repair and maintenance of devices.

Customers

NE customers include CSPs, NEMs, government organizations and large corporate customers, such as major telecom, mobility 
and cable operators, chip and infrastructure vendors, storage-device manufacturers, storage-network and switch vendors, radio 
and avionics commercial companies, OEMs, civil, state and federal agencies, utilities, law enforcement, military contractors and 
the armed forces and deployed private enterprise customers. Our customers include América Móvil, AT&T Inc., Inc., CenturyLink, 
Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Nokia Solutions and Networks and Verizon Communications Inc.

No single NE customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenue during fiscal 2020, 2019 or 2018.

Trends

Several network technology trends are taking place to support the growing bandwidth demand and are impacting the way 
NEMs and CSPs design, build and deploy new network systems. These trends are driving shifts in capital spending with the 
transition to advanced LTE and 5G, cable upgrades to DOCSIS 3.1, DSL copper line upgrades to Gfast, deployment of 100G Metro 
optical  fiber,  400G  in  optical  transport,  and  adoption  of  advanced  network  management  technologies  such  as  virtualization, 
assurance and automation. As service providers face pricing pressure on their average revenue per user (ARPU) metrics, they are 
turning to our NE products solutions to both reduce the need for physical customer service visits through faster installation and 
repair completion and improve user satisfaction. For our avionics products, many governments across the globe are increasing 
their military and public safety budgets to upgrade communication infrastructure.

Competition

Our NE segment competes against various companies, including Anritsu Corporation, EXFO Inc., Keysight Technologies 
Inc., Rohde & Schwarz, VeEX Inc., Spirent Communications plc. and Artiza Networks, Inc. While we face multiple competitors 

6

Table of Contents

for each of our product families, we continue to have one of the broadest portfolios of wireline and wireless products available in 
the network enablement industry. In Aerospace and Tactical Communications, AvComm competes against Anritsu, Astronics DME 
Corp., General Dynamics and Tel Instruments.

Offerings

Our NE solutions include instruments and software that support the development and production of network systems in the 
lab. These solutions activate, certify, troubleshoot and optimize networks that are differentiated through superior efficiency, reliable 
performance and greater customer satisfaction. Designed to be mobile, these products include instruments and software that access 
the network  to perform installation and maintenance tasks. They help service provider technicians assess the performance of 
network elements and segments and verify the integrity of the information being transmitted across the network. These instruments 
are highly intelligent and have user interfaces that are designed to simplify operations and minimize the training required to operate 
them. Our NE solutions are also used by NEMs in the design and production of next-generation network equipment. Thorough 
testing  by  NEMs plays  a  critical  role  in  producing  the  components  and  equipment  that  are  the  building  blocks  of  network 
infrastructure. We leverage our installed base and knowledge of network management methods and procedures to develop these 
advanced customer experience solutions. 

We also offer a range of product support and professional services designed to comprehensively address our customers’ 
requirements. These  services  include  repair,  calibration,  software  support  and  technical  assistance  for  our  products. We  offer 
product and technology training as well as consulting services. Our professional services, provided in conjunction with system 
integration projects, include project management, installation and implementation.

Our NE products and associated services including the acquired Trilithic and AW businesses are, as follows:

Field Instruments: Primarily consisting of (a) Access and Cable products; (b) Avionics products; (c) Fiber Instrument products; 

(d) Metro products; (e) RF Test products; and (f) Radio Test products.

Lab Instruments: Primarily consisting of (a) Fiber Optic Production Lab Test; (b) Optical Transport products; (c) Storage 

Network Test products; and (d) Wireless products.

Service Enablement

SE provides embedded systems and enterprise performance management solutions that give global CSPs, enterprises and 
cloud operators visibility into network, service and application data. These solutions - which primarily consist of instruments, 
microprobes  and  software  -  monitor,  collect  and  analyze  network  data  to  reveal  the  actual  customer  experience  and  identify 
opportunities for new revenue streams and network optimization.

Our  assurance  solutions  let  carriers  remotely  monitor  performance  and  quality  of  network,  service  and  applications 
performance  throughout  the  entire  network.  This  provides  our  customers  with  enhanced  network  management,  control,  and 
optimization that allow network operators to initiate service to new customers faster, decrease the need for technicians to make 
on-site service calls, help to make necessary repairs faster and, as a result, lower costs while providing higher quality and more 
reliable services. Remote monitoring decreases operating expenses, while early detection helps increase uptime, preserve revenue, 
and helps operators better monetize their networks.

Our network performance management products help enterprise IT and security teams monitor and optimize connectivity 
for their employees across on-premise and cloud domains and conduct preventative and forensic analysis to address rising security 
challenges. This functionality has become more critical as organizations have been forced to adopt remote working procedures, 
increasing network challenges and security risks.

Markets

Our SE segment provides solutions and services primarily for communication service providers and enterprises that deliver 
and/or operate broadband/IP networks (fixed and mobile) supporting voice, video and data services as well as a wide range of 
applications. These solutions provide network and application visibility to enable more cost-effective ways to provide a higher-
quality customer experience.

Customers

SE  customers  include  similar  CSPs,  NEMs,  government  organizations,  large  corporate  customers  and  storage-segment 

customers that are served by our NE segment. 

7

Table of Contents

Trends

Our Service Enablement solutions portfolio grew as a result of several acquisitions made during the past several years to 
address the network industry shift to a more agile, flexible, programmable, and cost-effective virtualized software-centric network. 
Our Data Center product and solutions offerings address customers’ needs to support data center network traffic through application 
and performance monitoring.

Competition

Competitors of SE include NetScout Systems, Inc., Riverbed Technology and Spirent Communications plc. While we face 
multiple competitors for each of our product families, we continue to have one of the broadest portfolios of wireline and wireless 
monitoring solutions available in the service enablement industry.

Offerings

Our SE solutions are embedded network systems, including microprobes and software that collect and analyze network data 
to reveal the actual customer experience and identify opportunities for new revenue streams. These solutions provide our customers 
enhanced network management, control, optimization and differentiation. Our customers are able to access and analyze the growing 
amount of network data from a single console, simplifying the process of deploying, provisioning and managing network equipment 
and services. These capabilities allow network operators to initiate service to new customers faster, decrease the need for technicians 
to make on-site service calls, help to make necessary repairs faster and, as a result, lower costs while providing higher quality and 
more reliable services.

Our SE products and associated services are, as follows:

Data Center: Consisting of our Network Performance Monitoring and Security tools (Apex, GigaStor, Observer).

Assurance: Primarily consisting of our (a) Growth Products (Location Intelligence and Nitro Mobile products) and (b) Mature 

Products (Legacy Assurance and Legacy Wireline).

Optical Security and Performance Products

Our OSP segment leverages its core optical coating technologies and volume manufacturing capability to design, manufacture, 

and sell products targeting anti-counterfeiting, consumer and industrial, government, automotive, industrial and other markets.

Our security offerings for the anti-counterfeiting market include OVP® and OVMP®. OVP® enables color-shifting effects 
and OVMP® enables depth and motion effects in addition to color-shifting effects. Both OVP® and OVMP® are formulated into 
inks used by banknote issuers and security printers worldwide for anti-counterfeiting applications on banknotes and other high-
value documents. Our technologies are deployed on the banknotes of more than 100 countries today.

Leveraging our expertise in spectral management and our unique high-precision coating capabilities, OSP provides a range 

of products and technologies for the consumer and industrial market, including, for example, 3D sensing optical filters.

OSP value-added solutions meet the stringent requirements of commercial and government customers. Our products are used 
in a variety of aerospace and defense applications, including optics for guidance systems, laser eye protection and night vision 
systems. These products, including coatings, optical filters and Engineered DiffusersTM, are optimized for each specific application.

Markets

Our OSP segment delivers overt and covert features to protect banknotes and documents of value against counterfeiting, 
with a primary focus on the currency market. OSP also produces precise, high-performance, optical thin-film coatings for a variety 
of  applications  in  consumer  electronics,  government,  automotive,  industrial,  and  other  markets.  For  example,  we  design  and 
produce optical filters which are used in 3D sensing products and other applications.

In addition, we offer custom color solutions that include innovative special effects pigments that provide product enhancement 

for brands in the automotive and other industries.

Customers

OSP serves customers such as SICPA Holding SA Company (SICPA), STMicroelectronics Holding N.V., Lockheed Martin 
Corporation and Seiko Epson Corporation. During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, net revenue from SICPA represented 12.3%, 14.3%, 
14.8%, respectively, of our net revenue.

Trends

8

Table of Contents

Counterfeiting of banknotes and other documents of value is rising as counterfeiters have access to a broad range of advanced 
but relatively low-cost imaging technologies and printing tools, giving them the potential ability to create simulations of banknotes 
and other documents of value for illicit purposes. As a result, demand is increasing for sophisticated overt anti-counterfeiting 
features, such as our OVP® and OVMP® technologies. These technologies enable consumers, merchants, and law enforcement 
to easily validate banknotes and documents of value without the use of special tools. At the same time, the effects created by these 
technologies are difficult to create or simulate using conventional printing technology.

The consumer electronics, government, automotive and instrumentation markets require customized, high-precision coated 
products  and  optical  components  that  selectively  absorb,  transmit  or  reflect  light  to  meet  the  performance  requirements  of 
sophisticated systems. Our unique and proprietary deposition platforms and decades of know-how enable us to offer an array of 
advanced technologies and precision optics-from the UV to the far IR portion of the light spectrum to meet the specific requirements 
of our customers.

OSP’s optical filters and Engineered DiffusersTM are deployed in smartphones to enable 3D sensing applications including 
facial recognition biometric authentication. 3D sensing optical filters separate out ambient light from incoming data for more 
natural interactions between consumers and devices, allowing devices to be controlled by a person’s movements, gestures or 
features. Other potential applications for OSP’s optical filters include augmented/virtual reality, sensors deployed in autonomous 
vehicles and IoT. Engineered DiffusersTM optimize transmitted infrared laser light in a 3D sensing module while ensuring visual 
eye safety. The diffuser redirects the laser light to avoid direct eye contact, a critical safety feature for 3D sensing applications.

Competition

OSP’s competitors include providers of anti-counterfeiting features such as Giesecke & Devrient, De La Rue plc; special-
effect pigments like Merck KGA; coating companies such as Nidek, Toppan, and Toray and optics companies such as Materion; 
and optical filter companies such as II-VI Inc. and AMS.

Offerings

Our OSP business provides innovative optical security and performance products which serve a variety of applications for 

customers in the anti-counterfeiting, consumer electronics, government, automotive, industrial, and other markets.

Anti-Counterfeiting: Our OVP® technology has become a standard used by many governments worldwide for currency 
protection. This technology provides a color-shifting effect that enables intuitive visual verification of banknotes. We also provide 
OVMP®, a technology that delivers depth and motion effects for authenticating banknotes.

For product differentiation and brand enhancement, we provide custom color solutions for a variety of applications using 
our ChromaFlair® and SpectraFlair® pigments to create color effects that emphasize body contours, create dynamic environments, 
or  enhance  products  in  motion. These  pigments  are  added  to  paints,  plastics  or  textiles  for  automotive,  packaging,  and  other 
applications.

Consumer and Industrial: Our OSP business manufactures and sells optical filters for 3D sensing products that separate out 
ambient light from incoming data to allow devices to be controlled by a person’s movements or gestures. Our Engineered DiffusersTM 
optimize the 3D sensing module for laser use eye safety.

Government: Our products are used in a variety of aerospace and defense applications, including optics for guidance systems, 
laser eye protection and night vision systems. These products, including coatings and optical filters, are optimized for each specific 
application.

Industrial  and  Other  Markets:  We  provide  multicavity  and  linear  variable  optical  filters  on  a  variety  of  substrates  for 
applications including, thermal imaging, and spectroscopy and pollution monitoring. We also develop and manufacture miniature 
near infrared spectrometers that leverage our linear variable optical filters for use in applications for agriculture, pharmaceuticals 
and other markets.

Acquisitions

As part of our strategy, we are committed to the ongoing evaluation of strategic opportunities and, where appropriate, the 

acquisition of additional products, technologies or businesses that are complementary to, or strengthen, our existing products.

On May 31, 2019, we completed the acquisition of 3Z, a provider of antenna alignment installation and monitoring solutions. 

On October 30, 2018, we completed the acquisition of RPC. The acquisition of RPC expands our 3D Sensing offerings.

9

Table of Contents

On March 15, 2018, we completed the acquisition of AW, which further strengthens our competitive position in 5G deployment 

and diversifies our product offerings into military, public safety and avionics test markets.

On August 9, 2017, we completed the acquisition of Trilithic, a provider of electronic test and measurement equipment for 

telecommunications service providers.

The acquisitions of 3Z, AW and Trilithic have been integrated into our NE business segment. The acquisition of RPC has 
been integrated into our OSP business segment. Refer to “Note 5. Acquisitions” for additional information related to our acquisitions.

Restructuring Programs

We continue to engage in targeted restructuring events intended to consolidate our operations and align our businesses in 
response to market conditions and our current investment strategy. In fiscal 2019, we implemented a plan within our Network 
Service and Enablement business, including actions related to the recently acquired AW business. These actions further drive our 
strategy for organizational alignment and consolidation as part of its continued commitment to a more cost effective and agile 
organization and to improve overall profitability in our NSE business. Included in these restructuring plans are specific actions to 
consolidate and integrate the newly acquired AW business within the NSE business segment.

Please refer to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under Item 7 and 
“Note 13. Restructuring and Related Charges” under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion on these 
charges.

Research and Development

During fiscal 2020 and 2019, we incurred R&D expenses of $193.6 million and $187.0 million, respectively. As of June 27, 

2020, we had approximately 1,000 employees engaged in R&D.

We devote substantial resources to R&D to develop new and enhanced products to serve our markets. Once the design of a 
product is complete, our engineering efforts shift to enhancing both product performance and our ability to manufacture it in greater 
volume and at lower cost.

In our NE and SE segments, we develop portable test instruments for field service technicians, systems and software used 
in Network Operations Centers, and instruments used in the development, testing and production of communications network 
components, modules and equipment. We have centers of excellence for product marketing and development in Asia, Europe and 
North America.

In our OSP segment, our R&D efforts concentrate on developing more innovative technologies and products for customers 
in the anti-counterfeiting, consumer electronics, government, healthcare and automotive markets. Our strength in the banknote 
anti-counterfeiting market is complemented by our advances in developing novel pigments and foils for a variety of applications. 
Other areas of R&D focus for OSP include our efforts to leverage our optical coating technology expertise to develop applications 
for the government and defense markets as well as efforts related to new products for 3D sensing and smart phone sensors. OSP 
has also introduced an innovative hand-held spectrometer solution with applications in the agriculture, healthcare and defense 
markets.

Manufacturing

As of June 27, 2020, we have significant manufacturing facilities for our NE, SE and OSP segments located in China, France, 
Germany, United Kingdom and the United States. Our most significant contract manufacturing partners are located in China and 
Mexico.

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials

We use various suppliers and contract manufacturers to supply parts and components for the manufacture and support of 
multiple product lines. Although we intend to establish at least two sources of supply for materials whenever possible, for certain 
components we have sole or limited source supply arrangements. We may not be able to procure these components from alternative 
sources at acceptable prices within a reasonable time, or at all; therefore, the loss or interruption of such arrangements could impact 
our ability to deliver certain products on a timely basis.

Patents and Proprietary Rights

Intellectual property rights apply to our various products include patents, trade secrets and trademarks. We do not intend to 
broadly license our intellectual property rights unless we can obtain adequate consideration or enter into acceptable patent cross-
license agreements. As of June 27, 2020, we owned approximately 793 U.S. patents and 1,478 foreign patents and have 913 patent 

10

Table of Contents

applications pending throughout the world. The average age of the patents we hold is 11.6 years, which is slightly older than the 
midpoint of the average 20-year life of a patent.

Backlog

We consider our backlog balance to be an estimate of future revenue to be earned from contractually committed product and 
service arrangements. As of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, our backlog was approximately $204.6 million and $244.1 million, 
respectively.

Due to possible changes in product delivery schedules and cancellation of product orders, and because our sales often reflect 
orders shipped in the same quarter in which they are received, our backlog at any particular date is not necessarily indicative of 
actual revenue or the level of orders for any succeeding period.

Employees

We  employed  approximately  3,600  employees  as  of  June 27,  2020,  which  included  approximately  1,200  employees  in 
manufacturing, 1,000 employees in research and development, 900 employees in sales and marketing, and 500 employees in 
general and administration. This compared to a workforce of approximately 3,600 as of June 29, 2019, and 3,500 as of June 30, 
2018. None of our employees in the U.S. is represented by a labor union; however, in certain foreign subsidiaries, labor unions or 
workers’ councils represent some of our employees.

COVID-19

At VIAVI, the health, safety and wellbeing of our employees, customers, partners, suppliers, communities are of the utmost 
importance. We have suspended international business travel and are conducting meetings with customers and partners remotely. 
We have established an internal COVID-19 task force with management representation from human resources, legal, facilities and 
business units and are closely monitoring developments. We have updated our business continuity plans and our IT team continues 
to  enhance  remote  work  capabilities  and  cybersecurity  tools.  Our  employees  have  access  to  a  centralized  resource  portal  for 
COVID-19 where they can find health and safety information and support tools. While we, along with the rest of the world continue 
to navigate the risks and uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, we are committed to continuing to provide a safe 
and supportive work environment for our employees and are following all recommended protocols from state and local regulators 
and health authorities. 

Environmental, Social and Governance

All of our stakeholders are essential to our business-stockholders, customers, suppliers, employees, communities as well as 
the environment and society. We are working to making our workforce more inclusive, our business more sustainable, and our 
communities more engaged by maintaining strong environmental, social and governance (ESG) practices.  We detail our overall 
ESG strategy and our ESG progress on our ESG web page and in our annual Corporate Social Responsibility Report, which can 
both be found at www.viavisolutions.com/csr.

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal, as is typical for our competitors and many large companies. For NSE, revenue is typically higher 
in the second and fourth fiscal quarter, all else being equal. There is typically a modest end of calendar year customer spending 
budget flush that benefits the December quarter. Telecom and cable spending budgets are typically set at the start of a new calendar 
year, the March quarter and thus NSE’s weakest revenue quarter, all else being equal, with spending release and benefiting the 
June quarter. For our OSP business, given our recent exposure to the consumer market, namely our 3D Sensing products into the 
smart phone market, OSP revenue is expected to be seasonally higher in the first and second fiscal quarter followed by seasonal 
demand declines in the third and fourth fiscal quarters.

11

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS 

The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have significantly affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, 
and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains 
uncertain. 

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a widespread health crisis that is adversely affecting the broader economies, financial 

markets and may affect the overall demand environment for our products and services.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have prioritized employee, customer and partner safety and have temporarily 
shut down, slowed or limited activity in certain locations, including limiting production in certain locations to essential business 
needs, all in conjunction with federal, state and local health and safety regulations and shelter-in-place orders. The majority of our 
global workforce is working from home, and we have canceled participation in trade shows and marketing events and restricted 
business travel, resulting in the limitation of normal sales and business development activity. 

We have experienced and may continue to experience disruption of our facilities, suppliers and contract manufacturers, which 
has and may continue to negatively impact our sales and operating results. In addition, we have experienced and may continue to 
experience shipping and logistics challenges as our customers have also closed their facilities and are operating under similar 
restrictions. Both NE and SE net revenue declined in the second half of fiscal 2020. NE revenue declined as the COVID-19 
pandemic resulted in certain customer operation and logistic shutdowns that resulted in shipment or acceptance delays, which 
resulted in a demand slowdown in Field Instruments with orders pushed out into future periods, and SE revenue declined as 
customers were unable to provide on-site verification and acceptance due to facility closures and other restrictions.

There is currently no vaccine for COVID-19 and therapeutic medications to date have had limited efficacy in alleviating 
symptoms. When and as normal business operations resume, we will need to expand globally the safety measures we have already 
undertaken at sites conducting essential business, such as enhanced sanitation procedures, health checks and social distancing 
protocols,  none  of  which  can  completely  eliminate  the  risk  of  exposure  or  spread  of  COVID-19.  Even  after  shelter-in-place 
restrictions have been lifted by governmental authorities, there could be additional waves or spikes in infection, again causing 
widespread social, economic and operational impacts.

Further, the COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, the economies and financial 
markets in many countries. On June 8, 2020, the National Bureau of Economic Research announced that the U.S. was in a recession. 
Deterioration of macro-economic conditions could further curtail or delay spending by our customers and decrease demand for 
our products as well as cause an increased risk of customer defaults or delays in payment. Current economic conditions have 
already led to a tightening of credit markets. We entered into a $300 million dollar secured credit facility to strengthen our liquidity 
position but have not drawn on this facility to date. If there is a long-term economic downturn or a prolonged recession as a result 
of the pandemic, we could face additional liquidity needs and challenges. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain 
financing on favorable terms or at all.

Due to the evolving and highly uncertain nature of this event, it is currently not possible to estimate the ultimate direct or 
indirect impacts the COVID-19 pandemic may have on our business. However, any prolonged disruption of manufacturing of our 
products, commerce and related activity caused by the pandemic or significant decrease in demand for our products could materially 
and adversely affect our results of operations and financial conditions.  To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects 
our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” 
section, such as those relating to our quarterly revenue and operating results as well as on our liquidity and on our ability to satisfy 
our indebtedness obligations, including the compliance with the covenants that apply to our indebtedness.

We refer you to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations” for a more detailed 
discussions of the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated economic disruptions, and the actual operational 
and financial impacts that we have experienced to date.

We have a history of net losses, and our future profitability is not assured.

We earned net income of $28.7 million and $5.4 million in fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, respectively. In fiscal 2018 we incurred 
a net loss of $48.6 million. Historically, we operated as a portfolio company comprised of many product lines, with diverse operating 
metrics and markets. As a result, our profitability in a particular period was impacted by revenue, product mix and operational 
costs that varied significantly across our product portfolio and business segments. 

 These transitions are costly and may impair our profit objectives. Specific factors that may undermine our financial objectives 

include, among others:

12

Table of Contents

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

uncertain future telecom carrier and cable operator capital and R&D spending levels, which particularly affects our NE 
and SE segments; 

adverse changes to our product mix, both fundamentally (resulting from new product transitions, the declining profitability 
of certain legacy products and the termination of certain products with declining margins, among other things) and due 
to quarterly demand fluctuations; 

pricing  pressure  across  our  NSE  product  lines  due  to  competitive  forces,  increasingly  from Asia,  and  to  a  highly 
concentrated customer base for many of our product lines, which may offset some of the cost improvements; 

our OSP operating margin may experience some downward pressure as a result of higher mix of 3D sensing products 
and increased operating expenses;

limited availability of components and resources for our products which leads to higher component prices;

increasing commoditization of previously differentiated products, and the attendant negative effect on average selling 
prices and profit margins;

execution  challenges,  which  limit  revenue  opportunities  and  harm  profitability,  market  opportunities  and  customer 
relations; 

decreased revenue associated with terminated or divested product lines; 

redundant costs related to periodic transitioning of manufacturing and other functions to lower-cost locations; 

ongoing costs associated with organizational transitions, consolidations and restructurings, which are expected to continue 
in the nearer term; 

continuing high levels of selling, general and administrative, (SG&A) expenses;

cyclical demand for our currency products; 

changing market and economic conditions, including the impacts due to tariffs and the COVID-19 pandemic;

ability  of  our  customers,  partners,  manufacturers  and  suppliers  to  purchase,  market,  sell,  manufacture  or  supply  our 
products and services, including as a result of disruptions arising from the COVID-19 pandemic;

financial stability of our customers, including the solvency of private sector customers, which may be impacted by the 
COVID-19 pandemic and statutory authority for government customers to purchase goods and services; and

factors beyond our control resulting from public health epidemics, pandemics and similar outbreaks as well as the fear 
of  exposure  to  a  widespread  health  epidemic,  such  as  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  manufacturing  restrictions,  travel 
restrictions and shelter-in-place orders to control the spread of a disease regionally and globally, and limitations on the 
ability of our employees and our suppliers’ and customers’ employees to work and travel.

Taken together, these factors limit our ability to predict future profitability levels and to achieve our long-term profitability 
objectives. If we fail to achieve profitability expectations, the price of our debt and equity securities, as well as our business and 
financial condition, may be materially adversely impacted.

Our operating results may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic and market conditions.

Global macroeconomic and geopolitical risks, including those resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic which are beyond 
our  control,  could  adversely  impact  customer  business  conditions  that  could  decrease  or  delay  capital  spending  among 
communications service providers, enterprise budgets and consumer demand. This could also result in increased price competition 
for our products, increase our risk of excess and obsolete inventories and higher overhead costs as a percentage of revenue.  

Rapid technological change in our industry presents us with significant risks and challenges, and if we are unable to keep up 
with the rapid changes, our customers may purchase less of our products which could adversely affect our operating results.

The manufacture, quality and distribution of our products, as well as our customer relations, may be affected by several 
factors, including the rapidly changing market for our products, supply issues and internal restructuring efforts. We expect the 
impact of these issues will become more pronounced as we continue to introduce new product offerings and when overall demand 
increases.

Our success depends upon our ability to deliver both our current product offerings and new products and technologies on 
time and at acceptable cost to our customers. The markets for our products are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent 
13

Table of Contents

new product introductions, substantial capital investment, changes in customer requirements and a constantly evolving industry. 
Our future performance will depend on the successful development, introduction and market acceptance of new and enhanced 
products that address these issues and provide solutions that meet our customers’ current and future needs. As a technology company, 
we also constantly encounter quality, volume and cost concerns such as:

•  Our continuing cost reduction programs, which include site and organization consolidations, asset divestitures, outsourcing 
the manufacture of certain products to contract manufacturers, other outsourcing initiatives, and reductions in employee 
headcount, require the re-establishment and re-qualification by our customers of complex manufacturing lines, as well 
as modifications to systems, planning and operational infrastructure. During this process, we have experienced, and may 
continue  to  experience,  additional  costs,  delays  in  re-establishing  volume  production  levels,  planning  difficulties, 
inventory issues, factory absorption concerns and systems integration problems.

•  We have experienced variability of manufacturing yields caused by difficulties in the manufacturing process, the effects 
from a shift in product mix, changes in product specifications and the introduction of new product lines. These difficulties 
can reduce yields or disrupt production and thereby increase our manufacturing costs and adversely affect our margin. 

•  We may incur significant costs to correct defective products (despite rigorous testing for quality both by our customers 
and by us), which could include lost future sales of the affected product and other products, and potentially severe customer 
relations problems, litigation and damage to our reputation. 

•  We are dependent on a limited number of vendors, who are often small and specialized, for raw materials, packages and 
standard components. We also rely on contract manufacturers around the world to manufacture certain of our products. 
Our business and results of operations have been, and could continue to be, adversely affected by this dependency. Specific 
concerns we periodically encounter with our suppliers include stoppages or delays of supply, insufficient vendor resources 
to  supply  our  requirements,  substitution  of  more  expensive  or  less  reliable  products,  receipt  of  defective  parts  or 
contaminated materials, increases in the price of supplies and an inability to obtain reduced pricing from our suppliers 
in response to competitive pressures. Additionally, the ability of our contract manufacturers to fulfill their obligations 
may be affected by economic, political or other forces that are beyond our control, including the COVID-19 pandemic. 
Any such failure could have a material impact on our ability to meet customers’ expectations and may materially impact 
our operating results. 

•  New  product  programs  and  introductions  involve  changing  product  specifications  and  customer  requirements, 
unanticipated engineering complexities, difficulties in reallocating resources and overcoming resource limitations and 
with their increased complexity, which expose us to yield and product risk internally and with our suppliers.

These factors have caused considerable strain on our  execution capabilities and customer relations. We have and could 
continue to see (a) periodic difficulty responding to customer delivery expectations for some of our products, (b) yield and quality 
problems, particularly with some of our new products and higher volume products and (c) additional funds and other resources 
required to respond to these execution challenges. From time to time, we have had to divert resources from new product R&D 
and other functions to assist with resolving these matters. If we do not improve our performance in all of these areas, our operating 
results will be harmed, the commercial viability of new products may be challenged and our customers may choose to reduce or 
terminate their purchases of our products and purchase additional products from our competitors.

Unfavorable, uncertain or unexpected conditions in the transition to 5G may cause fluctuations in our rate of revenue growth 
or financial results.

Markets for 5G infrastructure may not develop in the manner or in the time periods we anticipate. If domestic and global 
economic conditions worsen, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, overall spending on 5G infrastructure may be 
reduced, which would adversely impact demand for our products in these markets. In addition, unfavorable developments with 
evolving laws and regulations worldwide related to 5G may limit or slow the rate of global adoption, impede our strategy, and 
negatively impact our long-term expectations in this area. Further, the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in global work-office shut 
down and Work-From-Home policies among network service providers, network equipment manufacturers and its related supply 
chain.  This in turn disrupted and delayed new network construction build out, general network maintenance and new technology 
development.  

Even if the 5G infrastructure market and rate of adoption develop in the manner or in the time periods we anticipate, if we 
do  not  have  timely,  competitively  priced,  market-accepted  products  available  to  meet  our  customers’  planned  roll-out  of  5G 
platforms and systems, we may miss a significant opportunity and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows could be materially and adversely affected.

14

Table of Contents

Our forecasts related to our growth strategy in 3D sensing and other applications may prove to be inaccurate.

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may not prove to 
be accurate.  Our estimate of the market opportunity related to 3D sensing is subject to significant uncertainty and is based on 
assumptions and estimates, including our internal analysis, industry experience and third-party data.  Accordingly, our estimated 
market opportunity may prove to be materially inaccurate. In addition, our growth and ability to serve a significant portion of this 
estimated market is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy and expansion of 3D 
sensing and other applications for consumer electronics. We cannot assure you that we will be able to serve a significant portion 
of this market and the growth forecasts should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Natural Disasters and Catastrophic Events

In October 2017 and again in October 2019, we temporarily closed our Santa Rosa, California facility, which resulted in 
production stoppage due to wildfires in the region and the facility’s close proximity to the wildfire evacuation zone. The location 
of our production facility could subject us to production delays and/or equipment and property damage. The geographic location 
of our Northern California headquarters and production facilities subject them to earthquake and wildfire risks. It is impossible 
to predict the timing, magnitude or location of such natural disasters or their impacts on the local economy and on our operations. 
If a major earthquake, wildfire or other natural disaster were to damage or destroy our facilities or manufacturing equipment, we 
may experience potential impacts ranging from production and shipping delays to lost profits and revenues.

Restructuring

We continue to restructure and realign our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. Significant risks 
associated with these actions that may impair our ability to achieve the anticipated cost reductions or that may disrupt our business 
include delays in the implementation of anticipated workforce reductions in highly regulated locations outside of the U.S. and the 
failure to meet operational targets due to the loss of key employees. In addition, our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings 
and other benefits from these actions within the expected timeframe is subject to many estimates and assumptions. These estimates 
and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. 
If these estimates and assumptions are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business and 
results of operations could be adversely affected.

Impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or other assets could negatively affect our results of operations or net worth.

We have significant long-lived assets recorded on our balance sheet. We evaluate intangible assets and goodwill for impairment 
at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We 
monitor factors or indicators, such as unfavorable variances from forecasted cash flows, established business plans or volatility 
inherent to external markets and industries that would require an impairment test. The test for impairment of intangible assets 
requires a comparison of the carrying value of the asset or asset group with their estimated undiscounted future cash flows. If the 
carrying value of the asset or asset group is considered impaired, an impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which the 
carrying value of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair value. We have in the past and may in the future experience impairment 
charges to goodwill.  The amount of any impairment charge could be significant and could have a material adverse impact on our 
financial condition and results of operations for the period in which the charge is taken. In addition, the economic disruptions 
caused by the COVID-19 pandemic could also adversely impact the impairment risks for certain long-lived assets, equity method 
investments  and  goodwill.  Refer  to  Note  9  and  Note  10  of  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  “Critical 
Accounting Policies and Estimates” in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
for further discussion of the impairment testing of goodwill and long-lived assets.

We will continue to evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of our goodwill and long-lived assets on an ongoing 
basis, and we may incur substantial impairment charges, which would adversely affect our financial results. There can be no 
assurance that the outcome of such reviews in the future will not result in substantial impairment charges. Impairment assessment 
inherently involves judgment as to assumptions about expected future cash flows and the impact of market conditions on those 
assumptions. Future events and changing market conditions may impact our assumptions as to prices, costs, holding periods or 
other factors that may result in changes in our estimates of future cash flows. Although we believe the assumptions we used in 
testing for impairment are reasonable, significant changes in any one of our assumptions could produce a significantly different 
result. If, in any period, our stock price decreases to the point where the fair value of the Company, as determined by our market 
capitalization, is less than our book value, this too could indicate a potential impairment and we may be required to record an 
impairment charge in that period.

15

Table of Contents

We rely on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our sales.

We believe that we will continue to rely upon a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues for the 
foreseeable future. Any failure by us to continue capturing a significant share of these customers could materially harm our business. 
Dependence on a limited number of customers exposes us to the risk that order reductions from any one customer can have a 
material adverse effect on periodic revenue. Further, to the extent that there is consolidation among communications equipment 
manufacturers and service providers, we will have increased dependence on fewer customers who may be able to exert increased 
pressure  on  our  prices  and  other  contract  terms.  Customer  consolidation  activity  and  periodic  manufacturing  and  inventory 
initiatives could also create the potential for disruptions in demand for our products as a consequence of such customers streamlining, 
reducing or delaying purchasing decisions.

We have a strategic alliance with SICPA, our principal customer for our anti-counterfeiting pigments that are used to, among 
other things, provide security features for banknotes. Under a license and supply agreement, we rely exclusively on SICPA to 
market and sell one of these product lines, Optical Variable Pigment (OVP®) and Optical Variable Magnetic Pigment (OVMP®), 
for document authentication applications worldwide. The agreement requires SICPA to purchase minimum quantities of these 
pigments over the term of the agreement. If SICPA fails to purchase these quantities, as and when required by the agreement, our 
business and operating results (including, among other things, our revenue and gross margin) will be harmed as we may be unable 
to find a substitute marketing and sales partner or develop these capabilities ourselves.

Movement towards virtualized networks and software solutions may result in lower demand for our hardware products and 
increased competition.

The markets for our NE and SE segments are increasingly looking towards virtualized networks and software solutions. 
While we are devoting substantial resources to meet these needs, this trend may result in lower demand for our legacy hardware 
products. Additionally, barriers to entry are generally lower for software solutions, which may lead to increased competition for 
our products and services.

We face a number of risks related to our strategic transactions.

Our strategy continues to include periodic acquisitions and divestitures of businesses and technologies. Strategic transactions 

of this nature involve numerous risks, including the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the impact of the recent COVID-19 pandemic, and any other adverse public health developments, epidemic disease or 
other pandemic in the countries in which we operate or our customers are located, including regional quarantines restricting 
the movement of people or goods, reductions in labor supply or staffing, the closure of facilities to protect employees, 
including those of our customers, disruptions to global supply chains and our and our suppliers’ ability to deliver materials 
and  products  on  a  timely  or  cost-effective  basis,  shipment,  acceptance  or  verification  delays,  the  resulting  overall 
significant volatility and disruption of financial markets, and economic instability affecting customer spending patterns;

inadequate internal control procedures and disclosure controls to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or poor integration of a target company’s or business’s procedures and controls; 

diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of the business; 

potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process R&D; 

difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience and where competitors have stronger 
market positions; 

difficulties in obtaining or providing sufficient transition services and accurately projecting the time and cost associated 
with providing these services; 

an acquisition may not further our business strategy as we expected or we may overpay for, or otherwise not realize the 
expected return on, our investments; 

• 

expected earn-outs may not be achieved in the time frame or at the level expected or at all;

•  we may not be able to recognize or capitalize on expected growth, synergies or cost savings;

• 

• 

• 

insufficient net revenue to offset increased expenses associated with acquisitions; 

potential loss of key employees of the acquired companies; and 

difficulty in forecasting revenues and margins.

16

Table of Contents

Acquisitions may also cause us to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

issue common stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ percentage ownership and may decrease earnings per 
share; 

assume liabilities, some of which may be unknown at the time of the acquisitions; 

record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing and potential periodic 
impairment charges; 

incur additional debt to finance such acquisitions; 

incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets; or

acquire, assume, or become subject to litigation related to the acquired businesses or assets.

Certain of our products are subject to governmental and industry regulations, certifications and approvals.

The commercialization of certain of the products we design, manufacture and distribute through our OSP segment may be 
more costly due to required government approval and industry acceptance processes. Development of applications for our anti-
counterfeiting and special effects pigments may require significant testing that could delay our sales. For example, certain uses in 
cosmetics may be regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, which has extensive and lengthy approval processes. 
Durability testing by the automobile industry of our special effects pigments used with automotive paints can take up to three 
years. If we change a product for any reason, including technological changes or changes in the manufacturing process, prior 
approvals or certifications may be invalid and we may need to go through the approval process again. If we are unable to obtain 
these or other government or industry certifications in a timely manner, or at all, our operating results could be adversely affected.

We face risks related to our international operations and revenue.

Our customers are located throughout the world. In addition, we have significant operations outside North America, including 

product development, manufacturing, sales and customer support operations.

Our international presence exposes us to certain risks, including the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and among the currencies of the countries in which we do business 
may adversely affect our operating results by negatively impacting our revenues or increasing our expenses;

our ability to comply with a wide variety of laws and regulations of the countries in which we do business, including, 
among other things, customs, import/export, anti-bribery, anti-competition, tax and data privacy laws, which may be 
subject to sudden and unexpected changes; 

difficulties in establishing and enforcing our intellectual property rights; 

tariffs and other trade barriers; 

political,  legal  and  economic  instability  in  foreign  markets,  particularly  in  those  markets  in  which  we  maintain 
manufacturing and product development facilities; 

strained or worsening relations between the United States and China or other countries;

difficulties in staffing and management;

language and cultural barriers; 

seasonal reductions in business activities in the countries where our international customers are located; 

integration of foreign operations; 

longer payment cycles; 

difficulties in management of foreign distributors; and 

potential adverse tax consequences.

The spread of COVID-19 has and is likely to continue to affect the manufacturing and shipment of goods globally. For 
example, while the Chinese government has lifted certain restrictions on movement of people and goods to limit the spread of 
COVID-19, it is continuing to take control measures and recently imposed certain restrictions to limit the spread of COVID-19 

17

Table of Contents

in Beijing. Further, most other countries have imposed or are imposing certain restrictions on the movement of people and goods 
and may continue to lift and reimpose such restrictions as needed. Any delay in production or delivery of our products due to an 
extended closure of our suppliers’ plants as a result of efforts to limit the spread of COVID-19 could adversely impact our business. 
Worldwide travel restrictions have been imposed by many countries, including air travel and transport, that have caused and are 
likely to continue to cause delays in shipment of our products as well as increased logistics costs and will restrict our ability to 
attract, develop, integrate and retain highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications from other countries.

Net revenue from customers outside the Americas accounted for 63.5%, 62.3% and 52.4% of our total net revenue, for fiscal 
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We expect that net revenue from customers outside North America will continue to account 
for a significant portion of our total net revenue. Lower sales levels that typically occur during the summer months in Europe and 
some other overseas markets may materially and adversely affect our business. In addition, the revenues we derive from many of 
our customers depend on international sales and further expose us to the risks associated with such international sales.

Economic conditions and regulatory changes that may result from the United Kingdom’s pending exit from the European 
Union could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

In June 2016, the United Kingdom (the U.K.) held a referendum in which voters narrowly approved an exit from the European 
Union (the E.U.), commonly referred to as “Brexit.” The announcement of Brexit caused significant volatility in global stock 
markets and currency exchange rate fluctuations that resulted in the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies in 
which we conduct business. The withdrawal of the U.K. from the E.U. in January 2020 and the current transition period may also 
contribute to further global economic uncertainty, which may cause our current and future customers to closely monitor their costs 
and reduce their spending on our products and services.  

The withdrawal and transition period could significantly disrupt the free movement of goods, services, and people between 
the U.K. and the E.U., and result in increased legal and regulatory complexities, as well as potential higher costs of conducting 
business in Europe. Given the lack of comparable precedent, it is unclear how Brexit may negatively impact the economies of the 
U.K., the E.U. countries and other nations, as well as our operations in these locations. However, any of these effects of Brexit, 
among others, could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

While we have not experienced any material financial impact from Brexit on our business to date, we cannot predict its future 

implications.

US Government trade actions could have an adverse impact on our business, financial position, and results of operation.

The United States and China have been engaged in protracted negotiations over the Chinese government’s acts, policies, and 
practices  related  to  technology  transfer,  intellectual  property,  and  innovation  that  the Trump Administration  has  found  to  be 
unreasonable and burdensome to US commerce.  To date, the President has used his authority under Section 301 of the Trade Act 
of 1974 three times to levy a 25% retaliatory tariff on 6,830 subheading categories of imported Chinese high-tech and consumer 
goods valued at $250 billion per year. Although List 3, alone valued at $200 billion, had originally set an additional duty rate at 
10%, that rate was increased to 25% effective May 10, 2019.  Moreover, in August 2019, the President announced a 15% tariff on 
a fourth list of goods valued at nearly $300 billion.  Pursuant to a US-China trade deal signed in January 2020, the List 3 rate 
remains at 25% and the List 4 rate decreased to 7.5% on February 14, 2020. These tariffs, along with any additional tariffs or other 
trade actions that may be implemented, may increase the cost of certain materials and/or products that we import from China, 
thereby adversely affecting our profitability. These actions could require us to raise our prices, which could decrease demand for 
our products. As a result, these actions, including potential retaliatory measures by China and further escalation into a potential 
“trade war”, may adversely impact our business. Given the uncertainty regarding the scope and duration of these trade actions by 
the United States or other countries, as well as the potential for additional trade actions, the impact on our operations and results 
remains uncertain.

Our business and operations could be adversely impacted in the event of a failure of our information technology infrastructure.

We rely upon the capacity, reliability and security of our information technology infrastructure and our ability to expand and 
continually update this infrastructure in response to our changing needs. In some cases, we rely upon third party hosting and 
support services to meet these needs. The growing and evolving cyber-risk environment means that individuals, companies, and 
organizations of all sizes, including ourselves and our hosting and support partners, are increasingly vulnerable to the threat of 
intrusions and disruptions on their networks and systems by a wide range of actors on an ongoing and regular basis. We also design 
and manage IT systems and products that contain IT systems for various customers, and generally face the same threats for these 
systems as for our own internal systems. 

We maintain information security staff, policies and procedures for managing risk to our networks and information systems, 
and conduct employee training on cyber-security to mitigate persistent and continuously evolving cyber-security threats.  Our 

18

Table of Contents

network security measures include, but are not limit to, the implementation of firewalls, anti-virus protection, patches, log monitors, 
routine backups, off-site storage, network audits and other routine updates and modifications.  We also routinely monitor and 
develop our internal information technology systems to address risks to our information systems. Despite our implementation of 
these and other security measures and those of our third-party vendors, our systems are vulnerable to damages from computer 
viruses, natural disasters, unauthorized access and other similar disruptions and intrusions that continue to emerge and evolve. 
Any system failure, accident or security breach could result in disruptions to our business processes, network degradation, and 
system down time, along with the potential that a third party will exploit our critical assets such as intellectual property, proprietary 
business  information,  and  data  related  to  our  customers,  suppliers,  and  business  partners.   To  the  extent  that  any  disruption, 
degradation, downtime or other security breach results in a loss or damage to our data or systems, or in inappropriate disclosure 
of confidential information, it could adversely impact us and our clients, potentially resulting in, among other things, financial 
losses; our inability to transact business on behalf of our clients; violations of applicable privacy and other laws; regulatory fines, 
penalties, litigation, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs; and/or additional compliance costs. We 
may also incur additional costs related to cyber-security risk management and remediation. There can be no assurance that we or 
our service providers, if applicable, will not suffer losses relating to cyber-attacks or other information security breaches in the 
future or that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover all the costs resulting from such events. No assurances can be given 
that our efforts to reduce the risk of such attacks will be successful.

The COVID-19 pandemic may adversely affect our systems, and the health of members of our internal IT team who monitor 
and address the cyber threats and attacks against VIAVI. In particular, the internet is currently experiencing an increase in cyber 
threats  during  the  COVID-19  pandemic  in  the  form  of  phishing  emails,  malware  attachments  and  malicious  websites  which 
seemingly offer information regarding COVID-19. We have employed efforts to mitigate any potential impact that could result 
from increased cyber threats and the loss of members of our internal IT team and by providing our employees with enhanced 
awareness materials and training, updating our business continuity plans, and cross training staff.

Failure to maintain satisfactory compliance with certain privacy and data protections laws and regulations may subject us to 
substantial negative financial consequences and civil or criminal penalties.

Complex local, state, national, foreign, and international laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, 
disclosure, transfer, and other processing of personal data. These privacy laws and regulations are quickly evolving, with new or 
modified laws and regulations proposed and implemented frequently and existing laws and regulations subject to new or different 
interpretations. In addition, our legal and regulatory obligations in jurisdictions outside of the U.S. are subject to unexpected 
changes, including the potential for regulatory or other governmental entities to enact new or additional laws or regulations, to 
issues rulings that invalidate prior laws or regulations, or to increase penalties significantly. Complying these laws and regulations 
can be costly and can impede the development and offering of new products and services.

For example, the E.U. General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which became effective in May 2018, imposes stringent 
data protection requirements and provides for significant penalties for noncompliance. Additionally, California recently enacted 
legislation, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), which became effective January 1, 2020. The CCPA requires, among 
other things, covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers, and allow such consumers new abilities to 
opt-out of certain sales of personal data.  The CCPA also provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of 
action for data breaches that may increase data breach litigation. We may also be subject to additional obligations relating to 
personal data by contract that industry standards apply to our practices. Further, other states are considering expanding or passing 
privacy laws in the near term. 

Our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations or other obligations to which we may be subject relating to 
personal data, or to protect personal data from unauthorized access, use, or other processing, could result in enforcement actions 
and regulatory investigations against us, claims for damages by customers and other affected individuals, fines, damage to our 
reputation, and loss of goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial performance, and 
business. 

Failure to maintain effective internal controls may adversely affect our stock price.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and to effectively prevent fraud.  We are 
required to annually evaluate the effectiveness of the design and operation of our internal controls over financial reporting. Based 
on these evaluations, we may conclude that enhancements, modifications, or changes to internal controls are necessary or desirable. 
In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm must report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting. While management evaluates the effectiveness of our internal controls on a regular basis, these controls may not always 
be effective. A material weakness in our internal controls has been identified in the past, and we cannot assure you that we or our 
independent registered public accounting firm will not identify a material weakness in our internal controls in the future. A material 
weakness  in  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  would  require  management  and  our  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm to evaluate our internal controls as ineffective. If our internal controls over financial reporting are not considered 

19

Table of Contents

effective, we may experience a loss of public confidence, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and the market price of our common stock and other securities.

There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of internal controls, including collusion, management override and failure 
in  human  judgment.  In  addition,  control  procedures  are  designed  to  reduce  rather  than  eliminate  financial  statement  risk. 
Additionally, if we or our independent registered public accounting firm are not satisfied with our internal control over financial 
reporting or the level at which these controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed in the future, or if our independent 
registered public accounting firm interprets the requirements, rules and/or regulations differently from our interpretation, then they 
may issue a qualified report. Furthermore, we may discover that the internal controls of businesses we acquire are inadequate or 
changes to our existing businesses may impact the effectiveness of our internal controls. These situations could require us to make 
changes to our internal controls and could cause our independent registered public accounting firm to issue a qualified report, 
which could result in a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements and could negatively impact our 
stock price.

In March 2017, we issued $460.0 million of 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024, and in May 2018 we issued $225.0 
million of 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023. The issuance of the Notes increases our overall leverage and could dilute 
our existing stockholders and lower our reported earnings per share. 

We issued $460.0 million of indebtedness in March 2017 in the form of 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024 (the 2024 
Notes). In May 2018, we issued $225.0 million of indebtedness in the form of 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023 (the 
2023 Notes, and, together with the 2024 Notes, the Notes). The issuance of the Notes substantially increased our principal payment 
obligations. The degree to which we are leveraged could materially and adversely affect our ability to successfully obtain financing 
for working capital, acquisitions or other purposes and could make us more vulnerable to industry downturns and competitive 
pressures. In addition, the holders of the Notes are entitled to convert the Notes into shares of our common stock or a combination 
of cash and shares of common stock under certain circumstances which would dilute our existing stockholders and lower our 
reported per share earnings.

If we have insufficient proprietary rights or if we fail to protect those we have, our business would be materially harmed. Our 
intellectual property rights may not be adequate to protect our products or product roadmaps.

We seek to protect our products and our product roadmaps in part by developing and/or securing proprietary rights relating 
to those products, including patents, trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation. The steps taken by us to 
protect our intellectual property may not adequately prevent misappropriation or ensure that others will not develop competitive 
technologies or products. Other companies may be investigating or developing other technologies that are similar to our own. It 
is possible that patents may not be issued from any of our pending applications or those we may file in the future and, if patents 
are issued, the claims allowed may not be sufficiently broad to deter or prohibit others from making, using or selling products that 
are similar to ours. We do not own patents in every country in which we sell or distribute our products, and thus others may be 
able to offer identical products in countries where we do not have intellectual property protection. In addition, the laws of some 
territories in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold, including Europe, Asia-Pacific or Latin America, 
may not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

Any patents issued to us may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Additionally, we are currently a licensee in all of 
our  operating  segments  for  a  number  of  third-party  technologies,  software  and  intellectual  property  rights  from  academic 
institutions, our competitors and others, and are required to pay royalties to these licensors for the use thereof. Unless we are able 
to obtain such licenses on commercially reasonable terms, patents or other intellectual property held by others could inhibit our 
development of new products, impede the sale of some of our current products, substantially increase the cost to provide these 
products to our customers, and could have a significant adverse impact on our operating results. In the past, licenses generally 
have been available to us where third-party technology was necessary or useful for the development or production of our products. 
In the future licenses to third-party technology may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Our products may be subject to claims that they infringe the intellectual property rights of others.

Lawsuits and allegations of patent infringement and violation of other intellectual property rights occur in our industry on 
a regular basis. We have received in the past, and anticipate that we will receive in the future, notices from third parties claiming 
that our products infringe their proprietary rights. Over the past several years there has been a marked increase in the number and 
potential severity of third-party patent infringement claims, primarily from two distinct sources. First, large technology companies, 
including some of our customers and competitors, are seeking to monetize their patent portfolios and have developed large internal 
organizations that have approached us with demands to enter into license agreements. Second, patent-holding companies, entities 
that do not make or sell products (often referred to as “patent trolls”), have claimed that our products infringe upon their proprietary 
rights. We will continue to respond to these claims in the course of our business operations. In the past, the resolution of these 
disputes has not had a material adverse impact on our business or financial condition; however, this may not be the case in the 

20

Table of Contents

future. Further, the litigation or settlement of these matters, regardless of the merit of the claims, could result in significant expense 
to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not we are successful. If we are unsuccessful, 
we could be required to expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology or to obtain licenses to the technology 
that is the subject of the litigation. We may not be successful in such development, or such licenses may not be available on terms 
acceptable to us, if at all. Without such a license, we could be enjoined from future sales of the infringing product or products, 
which could adversely affect our revenues and operating results.

The use of open source software in our products, as well as those of our suppliers, manufacturers and customers, may expose 
us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property position.

Certain  of  the  software  and/or  firmware  that  we  use  and  distribute  (as  well  as  that  of  our  suppliers,  manufacturers  and 
customers) may be, be derived from, or contain, “open source” software, which is software that is generally made available to the 
public by its authors and/or other third parties. Such open source software is often made available under licenses which impose 
obligations in the event the software or derivative works thereof are distributed or re-distributed. These obligations may require 
us to make source code for the derivative works available to the public, and/or license such derivative works under a particular 
type of license, rather than the forms of license customarily used to protect our own software products. While we believe we have 
complied with our obligations under the various applicable licenses for open source software, in the event that a court rules that 
these licenses are unenforceable, or in the event the copyright holder of any open source software were to successfully establish 
in court that we had not complied with the terms of a license for a particular work, we could be required to release the source code 
of that work to the public and/or stop distribution of that work. Additionally, open source licenses are subject to occasional revision. 
In the event future iterations of open source software are made available under a revised license, such license revisions may 
adversely affect our ability to use such future iterations.

We face certain litigation risks that could harm our business.

We are and may become subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in or outside the ordinary course of 
business. The results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict. Moreover, many of the complaints filed against us do 
not specify the amount of damages that plaintiffs seek, and we therefore are unable to estimate the possible range of damages that 
might be incurred should these lawsuits be resolved against us. While we are unable to estimate the potential damages arising 
from such lawsuits, certain of them assert types of claims that, if resolved against us, could give rise to substantial damages. Thus, 
an unfavorable outcome or settlement of one or more of these lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our financial 
condition, liquidity and results of operations. Even if these lawsuits are not resolved against us, the uncertainty and expense 
associated with unresolved lawsuits could seriously harm our business, financial condition and reputation. Litigation is costly, 
time-consuming and disruptive to normal business operations. The costs of defending these lawsuits have been significant, will 
continue to be costly and may not be covered by our insurance policies. The defense of these lawsuits could also result in continued 
diversion of our management’s time and attention away from business operations, which could harm our business. For additional 
discussion regarding litigation, see the “Legal Proceedings” portion of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in the method of determining LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative reference rate, may adversely 
affect  interest  rates  on  our  future  indebtedness  and  may  otherwise  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.

Certain of our indebtedness is made at variable interest rates that use the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR (or 
metrics derived from or related to LIBOR), as a benchmark for establishing the interest rate. On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s 
Financial Conduct Authority announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. 
These reforms may cause LIBOR to cease to exist, new methods of calculating LIBOR to be established, or alternative reference 
rates to be established. The potential consequences cannot be fully predicted and could have an adverse impact on the market 
value for or value of LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us. 
Changes in market interest rates may influence our financing costs, returns on financial investments and the valuation of derivative 
contracts and could reduce our earnings and cash flows. In addition, any transition process may involve, among other things, 
increased volatility or illiquidity in markets for instruments that rely on LIBOR, reductions in the value of certain instruments or 
the effectiveness of related transactions such as hedges, increased borrowing costs, uncertainty under applicable documentation, 
or difficult and costly consent processes. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows, and 
liquidity. We cannot predict the effect of the potential changes to LIBOR or the establishment and use of alternative rates or 
benchmarks.

We may be subject to environmental liabilities which could increase our expenses and harm our operating results.

We are subject to various federal, state and foreign laws and regulations governing the environment, including those governing 
pollution and protection of human health and the environment and, recently, those restricting the presence of certain substances 
in electronic products and holding producers of those products financially responsible for the collection, treatment, recycling and 

21

Table of Contents

disposal of certain products. Such laws and regulations have been passed in several jurisdictions in which we operate, are often 
complex and are subject to frequent changes. We will need to ensure that we comply with such laws and regulations as they are 
enacted, as well as all environmental laws and regulations, and as appropriate or required, that our component suppliers also 
comply with such laws and regulations. If we fail to comply with such laws, we could face sanctions for such noncompliance, and 
our customers may refuse to purchase our products, which would have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations.

With respect to compliance with environmental laws and regulations in general, we have incurred, and in the future could 
incur, substantial costs for the cleanup of contaminated properties, either those we own or operate or to which we have sent wastes 
in the past, or to comply with such environmental laws and regulations. Additionally, we could be subject to disruptions to our 
operations and logistics as a result of such clean-up or compliance obligations. If we were found to be in violation of these laws, 
we could be subject to governmental fines and liability for damages resulting from such violations. If we have to make significant 
capital expenditures to comply with environmental laws, or if we are subject to significant expenditures in connection with a 
violation of these laws, our financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely impacted.

We may not generate positive returns on our research and development strategy.

Developing our products is expensive, and the investment in product development may involve a long payback cycle. For 
fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, our research and development expenses were $187.0 million, or approximately 17.0% of our 
revenue, $133.3 million, or approximately 16.5% of our revenue, and $136.3 million, or approximately 15.2% of our revenue, 
respectively. We expect to continue to invest heavily in research and development in order to expand the capabilities of 3D sensing 
and smart phone sensors, handheld spectrometer solution and portable test instruments, introduce new products and features and 
build upon our technology. We believe one of our greatest strengths lies in our innovation and our product development efforts. 
By investing in research and development including through our acquisitions, we believe we are well positioned to continue to 
execute on our strategy and take advantage of market opportunities.  We expect that our results of operations may be impacted by 
the timing and size of these investments. In addition, these investments may take several years to generate positive returns, if ever.

Our actual operating results may differ significantly from our guidance.

We release guidance in our quarterly earnings conference calls, quarterly earnings releases, or otherwise, regarding our future 
performance that represents our management’s estimates as of the date of release. This guidance, which includes forward-looking 
statements, will be based on projections prepared by our management. 

Projections are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical specificity, are 
inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond 
our control and are based upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions, some of which will change. We will 
continue to state possible outcomes as high and low ranges which are intended to provide a sensitivity analysis as variables are 
changed but are not intended to imply that actual results could not fall outside of the suggested ranges. The principal reason that 
we release guidance is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do 
not accept any responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such third parties.

Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the 
guidance furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. Accordingly, our guidance is only an 
estimate of what management believes is realizable as of the date of release. Actual results may vary from our guidance and the 
variations may be material. In light of the foregoing, investors are urged not to rely upon our guidance in making an investment 
decision regarding our common stock.

Any failure to successfully implement our operating strategy or the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances set 
forth in this “Risk Factors” section in this Annual Report on Form 10-K could result in the actual operating results being different 
from our guidance, and the differences may be adverse and material.

Certain provisions in our charter and under Delaware laws could hinder a takeover attempt.

We  are  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section 203  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  prohibiting,  under  some 
circumstances, publicly-held Delaware corporations from engaging in business combinations with some stockholders for a specified 
period of time without the approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding voting stock. Such provisions could delay 
or impede the removal of incumbent directors and could make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us, 
even if such events could be beneficial, in the short-term, to the interests of the stockholders. In addition, such provisions could 
limit  the  price  that  some  investors  might  be  willing  to  pay  in  the  future  for  shares  of  our  common  stock.  Our  certificate  of 
incorporation and bylaws contain provisions providing for the limitations of liability and indemnification of our directors and 
officers, allowing vacancies on our board of directors to be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors, granting 
our board of directors the authority to establish additional series of preferred stock and to designate the rights, preferences and 

22

Table of Contents

privileges of such shares (commonly known as “blank check preferred”) and providing that our stockholders can take action only 
at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders, which may only be called by the Chairman of the board, the Chief 
Executive Officer or the board of directors. These provisions may also have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying 
changes in control or change in our management.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of June 27, 2020, we had U.S. federal and state net operating losses, or NOLs, of $4,752.2 million and $575.8 million, 
respectively, and U.S. federal and state tax credit carryforwards of $105.8 million and $52.6 million respectively, which may be 
utilized against future income taxes. Utilization of these NOLs and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual 
limitation if the ownership change limitations under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions 
are triggered by changes in the ownership of our capital stock. In general, an ownership change occurs if there is a cumulative 
change in our ownership by “5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar 
rules may apply under state tax laws. Accordingly, purchases of our capital stock by others could limit our ability to utilize our 
NOLs and tax credit carryforwards in the future.

Furthermore, we may not be able to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize our NOLs and tax credit carryforwards 
before they expire. Due to uncertainty regarding the timing and extent of our future profitability, we continue to record a valuation 
allowance to offset our U.S. and certain of our foreign deferred tax assets because of uncertainty related to our ability to utilize 
our NOLs and tax credit carryforwards before they expire.

If any of these events occur, we may not derive some or all of the expected benefits from our NOLs and tax credit carryforwards. 

In October 2017 and again in October 2019, we temporarily closed our Santa Rosa, California facility resulting in 
production stoppage, due to wildfires in the region and the facility’s close proximity to the wildfire evacuation zone. The 
location of our production facility could subject us to production delays and/or equipment and property damage.

The geographic location of our Northern California headquarters and production facilities subject them to earthquake and 
wildfire risks. It is impossible to predict the timing, magnitude or location of such natural disasters or their impacts on the local 
economy and on our operations. If a major earthquake, wildfire or other natural disaster were to damage or destroy our facilities 
or manufacturing equipment, we may experience potential impacts ranging from production and shipping delays to lost profits 
and revenues. Moreover, in October 2019, Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E), the public electric utility in our Northern California 
region commenced planned widespread blackouts during the peak wildfire season to avoid and contain wildfires sparked during 
strong wind events by downed power lines or equipment failure. While we have not experienced damage to our facilities or a 
material disruption to operations as a result of these power outages, ongoing blackouts, particularly if prolonged or frequent, could 
impact our operations going forward.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES 

We own and lease various properties in the United States and in 25 other countries around the world. We use the properties 
for executive and administrative offices, data centers, product development offices, customer service offices, and manufacturing 
facilities. Our corporate headquarters of approximately 37,000 square feet is located at 6001 America Center Drive, San Jose, 
California 95002. As of June 27, 2020, we have 1.5 million square feet of leased or owned property, of which approximately 
316,000 square feet is owned. Larger leased sites include properties located in China, France, Germany, United Kingdom and the 
United States. We believe our existing properties, including both owned and leased sites, are in good condition and suitable for 
the conduct of our business.

While we believe our existing facilities are adequate to meet our immediate needs, it may become necessary to lease, acquire, 

or sell additional or alternative space to accommodate future business needs.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

The information set forth under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in “Note 18, Commitments and Contingencies” in the Notes 

to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of Part II of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

23

Table of Contents

PART II 

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol (VIAV). The closing price on July 25, 

2020 was $13.34. 

As of July 25, 2020, we had 2,906 holders of record of our common stock. We have not paid cash dividends on our common 

stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

During  fiscal  2020,  we  repurchased  and  retired  shares  of  our  common  stock  pursuant  to  the  stock  repurchase  program 

authorized by the Board of Directors. Refer to “Note 15. Stockholders' Equity” of Item 8 for more details. 

24

Table of Contents

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The information contained in the following graph shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the Company 
specifically incorporates it by reference in such filing.

The following graph and table set forth the total cumulative return, assuming reinvestment of dividends, on an investment 
of $100 in June 2015 and ending June 2020 in: (i) our Common Stock, (ii) the S&P 500 Index, (iii) the Nasdaq Stock Market (U.S.) 
Index, and (iv) the Nasdaq Telecommunications Index. The table below includes our stock performance prior to the separation of 
the Lumentum business as traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “JDSU.” Historical stock price performance 
is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. For the purpose of this graph, the distribution of approximately 
80.1% of the outstanding common stock of Lumentum to our stockholders, pursuant to which Lumentum became an independent 
company, is treated as a non-taxable cash dividend of $21.15 for every five shares of our common stock held, an amount equal to 
the closing price of Lumentum common stock on August 4, 2015 which was deemed reinvested in our common stock at the closing 
price on August 4, 2015.

*$100 invested on 6/30/15 in stock or index.

VIAVI

S&P 500

Nasdaq Composite

Nasdaq Telecommunications

6/2015

6/2016

6/2017

6/2018

6/2019

6/2020

$ 100.00

$ 96.07

$ 152.57

$ 148.37

$ 192.57

$ 181.12

$ 100.00

$ 101.73

$ 117.46

$ 131.76

$ 142.59

$ 145.85

$ 100.00

$ 97.11

$ 123.13

$ 150.60

$ 160.55

$ 195.66

$ 100.00

$ 98.99

$ 112.65

$ 133.23

$ 156.83

$ 159.55

25

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

This table sets forth selected financial data of VIAVI for the periods indicated. This data should be read in conjunction with 
and is qualified by reference to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” 
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our audited consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto and the other 
financial information included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The 
selected financial data presented in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements included in this 
report. Amounts provided below are (in millions, except share and per share amounts)

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Net revenue
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per share from - basic:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per share from - diluted:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net income (loss)

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

(1) (2) (3)

(4) (9)

(5) (6)

(5) (7) (9)

(7) (8) (9)

Years Ended

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,136.3
28.7
—
28.7

0.13
—
0.13

0.12
—
0.12

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,130.3
7.8
(2.4)
5.4

0.03
(0.01)
0.02

0.03
(0.01)
0.02

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

875.7
(48.6)
—
(48.6) $

(0.21) $
—
(0.21) $

(0.21) $
—
(0.21) $

805.0
158.6
1.6
160.2

0.69
0.01
0.70

0.68
—
0.68

$

$

$

$

$

$

906.3
(50.4)
(48.8)
(99.2)

(0.22)
(0.20)
(0.42)

(0.22)
(0.20)
(0.42)

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

(1) (2) (3)

(4)

(5) (6)

(5) (7)

(7) (8)

Years Ended

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and short-
term restricted cash
Working capital
Total assets
Long-term obligations
Total stockholders’ equity

$

$

544.0
680.8
1,776.3
832.1
711.4

$

526.5
632.8
1,815.1
805.3
725.8

$

788.0
877.3
2,026.8
738.7
734.9

$

1,447.8
1,456.6
2,113.1
1,095.8
803.5

979.8
985.3
1,678.1
762.4
689.3

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 
(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

During the third quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company recorded a tax provision of $31.6 million for withholding taxes related to the 
planned repatriation of cash from a foreign subsidiary to US, of which $19.4 million was paid in fiscal 2020.
During fiscal 2020, the Company recorded a gain on change in fair value of RPC related earn-out liability of $29.5 million. Refer to 
“Note 8. Fair Value Measurements” for more information.
Reflects the impact of the adoption of the new lease accounting standard (ASC 842) in fiscal year 2020.
During the second quarter of fiscal 2019 we acquired RPC. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 we acquired 3Z Telecom, Inc. Both 
transactions were accounted for as business combinations. The Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2019 includes the 
results of the acquired businesses subsequent to the respective acquisition dates. The Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 29, 2019
includes the acquired businesses’ financial position. Refer to “Note 5. Acquisitions” for more information.
Fiscal 2018 and 2017 have been adjusted for our retrospective adoption of the new revenue recognition accounting standard (ASC 
606).
During the first quarter of fiscal 2018 we acquired Trilithic Inc. During the third quarter of fiscal 2018 we acquired the AvComm and 
Wireless businesses of Cobham plc. Both transactions were accounted for as business combinations. The Consolidated Statement of 
Operations for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019 includes the results of the acquired businesses subsequent to the respective acquisition dates. 
The Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2018 includes the acquired businesses’ financial position. Refer to “Note 5. Acquisitions” 
for more information.
During fiscal years ended 2017 and 2016, we recorded $203.0 million and $71.5 million, respectively, gross realized gains on the sale 
of Lumentum common stock that was retained as part of the Separation.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, we recorded a $91.4 million goodwill impairment charge related to the SE reporting unit in 
the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2016, we completed the separation of Lumentum. Operations of Lumentum have been presented as 
discontinued operations in all periods of our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

26

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the financial 
statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following discussion contains 
forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those 
discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed 
below and in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, particularly in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Our Industries and Developments

Viavi Solutions Inc. (VIAVI, also referred to as the Company, we, our, and us) is a global provider of network test, monitoring 
and assurance solutions for communications service providers, enterprises, network equipment manufacturers, government and 
avionics. We help these customers harness the power of instruments, automation, intelligence and virtualization to Command the 
network. VIAVI is also a leader in light management solutions for 3D sensing, anti-counterfeiting, consumer electronics, industrial, 
government, automotive and defense applications.

To serve our markets, during fiscal 2020 we operated the following business segments:

•  Network Enablement (NE);

•  Service Enablement (SE); and

•  Optical Security and Performance Products (OSP).

Network Enablement

NE provides an integrated portfolio of testing solutions that access the network to perform build-out and maintenance tasks. 
These solutions include instruments, software and services to design, build, activate, certify, troubleshoot and optimize networks. 
They also support more profitable, higher-performing networks and facilitate time-to-revenue.

Our  solutions  address  lab  and  production  environments,  field  deployment  and  service  assurance  for  wireless  and  fixed 
communications networks, including storage networks. Our test instrument portfolio is one of the largest in the industry, with 
hundreds of thousands of units in active use by major network-equipment manufacturers (NEMs), operators and services providers 
worldwide. Designed to be mobile, these products include instruments and software that access the network to perform installation 
and maintenance tasks. They help service provider technicians assess the performance of network elements and segments and 
verify the integrity of the information being transmitted across the network. These instruments are highly intelligent and have user 
interfaces that are designed to simplify operations and minimize the training required to operate them. Our NE solutions are also 
used by NEMs in the design and production of next-generation network equipment. Other Test & Measurement communications 
products also serve the public safety, government, and aerospace and defense markets.

We also offer a range of product support and professional services designed to comprehensively address our customers’ 
requirements. These  services  include  repair,  calibration,  software  support  and  technical  assistance  for  our  products. We  offer 
product and technology training as well as consulting services. Our professional services, provided in conjunction with system 
integration projects, include project management, installation and implementation.

NE customers include CSPs, NEMs, government organizations and large corporate customers, such as major telecom, mobility 
and  cable  operators,  chip  and  infrastructure  vendors,  storage-device  manufacturers,  storage-network  and  switch  vendors,  and 
deployed private enterprise customers. Our customers include América Móvil, AT&T Inc., Inc., CenturyLink, Inc., Cisco Systems, 
Inc., Nokia Solutions and Networks and Verizon Communications Inc.

Our NE products and associated services including acquired business are described below:

Field Instruments: Primarily consisting of (a) Access and Cable products; (b) Avionics products; (c) Fiber Instrument products; 

(d) Metro products; (e) RF Test products; and (f) Radio Test products.

Lab Instruments: Primarily consisting of (a) Fiber Optic Production Lab Test; (b) Optical Transport products; (c) Storage 

Network Test products; and (d) Wireless products. 

27

Table of Contents

Service Enablement

SE provides embedded systems and enterprise performance management solutions that give global CSPs, enterprises and 
cloud operators visibility into network, service and application data. These solutions, which primarily consist of instruments, 
microprobes  and  software,  monitor,  collect  and  analyze  network  data  to  reveal  the  actual  customer  experience  and  identify 
opportunities for new revenue streams and network optimization.

Our portfolio of SE solutions addresses the same lab and production environments, field deployment and service assurance 
for  wireless  and  fixed  communications  networks,  including  storage  networks,  as  our  NE  portfolio.  Our  solutions  let  carriers 
remotely monitor performance and quality of network, service and applications performance throughout the entire network. This 
provides our customers with enhanced network management, control and optimization that allow network operators to initiate 
service to new customers faster, decrease the need for technicians to make on-site service calls, help to make necessary repairs 
faster and, as a result, lower costs while providing higher quality and more reliable services. Remote monitoring decreases operating 
expenses, while early detection helps increase uptime, preserve revenue, and helps operators better monetize their networks.

SE  customers  include  similar  CSPs,  NEMs,  government  organizations,  large  corporate  customers  and  storage-segment 

customers that are served by our NE segment.

Our SE products and associated services are described below:

Data Center: Consisting of our Network Performance Monitoring and Security tools.

Assurance: Primarily consisting of our (a) Growth Products (Location Intelligence and Nitro Mobile products) and (b) Mature 

Products (Legacy Assurance and Legacy Wireline).

Optical Security and Performance Products

Our OSP segment leverages its core optical coating technologies and volume manufacturing capability to design, manufacture, 

and sell products targeting anti-counterfeiting, consumer and industrial, government, automotive, industrial and other markets.

Our anti-counterfeiting offerings for the currency market include OVP® and OVMP®. OVP® enables a color-shifting effect 
used by banknote issuers and security printers worldwide for anti-counterfeiting applications on banknotes and other high-value 
documents. We also provide OVMP®, a technology that delivers depth and motion effects for authenticating banknotes. Our anti-
counterfeiting technologies are deployed on the banknotes of more than 100 countries today.

Leveraging our expertise in spectral management and our unique high-precision coating capabilities, OSP provides a range 
of  products  and  technologies  for  the  consumer  and  industrial  market,  including,  for  example,  3D  Sensing  optical  filters  and 
Engineered DiffusersTM.

OSP value-added solutions meet the stringent requirements of commercial and government customers. Our products are used 
in a variety of aerospace and defense applications, including optics for guidance systems, laser eye protection and night vision 
systems. These products, including coatings and optical filters, are optimized for each specific application.

OSP serves customers such as SICPA Holding SA Company (SICPA), STMicroelectronics Holding N.V., Lockheed Martin 

Corporation and Seiko Epson Corporation.

COVID-19 Pandemic Update

The COVID-19 pandemic has confirmed cases in the U.S. and most of the countries and territories we operate in worldwide. 
The pandemic has prompted authorities worldwide to implement measures to contain the virus, which include and are not limited 
to, travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter-in-place orders, temporary business closures among others. The COVID-19 
pandemic and these aforementioned measures, have had and continue to have, a substantial macroeconomic impact on businesses 
and economies worldwide. These conditions may continue and result in an adverse impact to our operations.

Our priority during the COVID-19 pandemic has remained focused on protecting the health and safety of all those we serve, 
- our employees, customers, suppliers, and communities, including implementing early and regular updates to our health and safety 
policies and procedures. We have shut down, slowed, or modified business operations and activities in certain geographies, including 
in some instances, limiting production to essential business services, all in conjunction with federal, state, and local health and 
safety regulations and shelter-in-place directives. We continue to follow the guidance of local and national governments, including 
monitoring the health of our employees who have returned to our offices, by limiting the gathering size of employee groups in 
indoor spaces per social distancing guidelines, and requiring those employees to wear masks and to undergo screenings prior to  
entering our offices. 

28

Table of Contents

The COVID-19 pandemic has not had a substantial net impact on our liquidity position in the second half of the fiscal year. 
We continue to generate operating cash flows to meet our short-term liquidity needs, and we expect to maintain access to the capital 
markets enabled by our strong credit ratings. To date, we have not observed any material or materially adverse indication of 
impairments under the authoritative guidance, to any of our assets or a significant change to the fair value of assets due to the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

We have experienced and may continue to experience disruption of our facilities, suppliers and contract manufacturers, which 
has and may continue to negatively impact our sales and operating results. In addition, we have experienced and may continue to 
experience shipping and logistics challenges as many of our customers have also closed their facilities and are operating under 
similar restrictions. Both NE and SE net revenue declined in the second half of fiscal 2020. NE revenue declined as the COVID-19 
pandemic resulted in certain customer operation and logistic shutdowns that resulted in shipment or acceptance delays, which 
resulted in a demand slowdown in Field Instruments with orders pushed out into future periods, and SE revenue declined as 
customers were unable to provide on-site verification and acceptance due to facility closures and other restrictions.

We have a global supply chain footprint with our primary manufacturing partners located in China, France, Germany, United 
Kingdom and the United States. Supply chain challenges resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic such as diminished manufacturing 
capacity and materials shortages resulted in extended lead-times to our customers, increased logistics costs, and impacted the 
volume of product we were able to deliver, which negatively impacted our ability to fully recognize the associated revenue in the 
second half of 2020.

While COVID-19 has brought unprecedented challenges, we believe that we have a robust and adaptable supply chain. Our 
supply chain team has been working to meet our customer needs by executing on a risk mitigation plan, including multi-sourcing, 
pre-ordering  components,  transforming  our  logistics  network,  prioritizing  critical  customers,  working  with  local  government 
agencies to understand challenges, and partnering on solutions that limit disruptions to our operations while ensuring the safety 
of our employees, partners and suppliers.

We have also experienced shipping and logistics challenges with respect to our NE Field Instruments products as many of 
our customers closed facilities and are continuing to operate under similar restrictions, and have delayed purchase decisions or 
placed orders on hold due to shipment or acceptance delays. In addition, many of our customers have been unable provide on-site 
verification and acceptance of our SE products due to facility closures and other restrictions.

Capital markets and worldwide economies have also been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and on June 
8, 2020, the National Bureau of Economic Research announced that the U.S. was in a recession. Deterioration of macro-economic 
conditions could have a material adverse impact on our longer-term business as customers curtail and reduce overall spending. As 
the pandemic spread across the globe, there has been a tightening of the credit markets. We entered into a $300 million secured 
credit facility in May 2020 to strengthen our liquidity position but have not drawn on this facility to date. Under a prolonged global 
recession, we could face future liquidity challenges and may not be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at 
all. 

Despite the continued challenges that we are facing due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we remain confident that the actions 
that we are taking to manage such challenges, combined with our strong liquidity, position us well to navigate through the current 
economic environment and continue to execute on our long-term value creation strategy.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Refer  to  “Note  2.  Recently  Issued  Accounting  Pronouncements”  regarding  the  effect  of  certain  recent  accounting 

pronouncements on our consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), which require management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect 
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, net revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Our 
estimates are based on historical experience and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results 
of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. We believe that the accounting 
estimates employed and the resulting balances are reasonable; however, actual results may differ from these estimates and such 
differences may be material. We believe the following critical accounting policies are affected by significant estimates, assumptions 
and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

29

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from a diverse portfolio of network solutions and optical technology products and services, as follows:

• 

• 

Products: NE and SE products include instruments, microprobes and perpetual software licenses that support the development, 
production, maintenance and optimization of network systems. Our OSP products include proprietary pigments used for 
optical security and optical filters used in commercial and government 3D Sensing applications.

Services: We also offer a range of product support and professional services designed to comprehensively address customer 
requirements.  These  include  repair,  calibration,  extended  warranty,  software  support,  technical  assistance,  training  and 
consulting services. Implementation services provided in conjunction with hardware or software solution projects include 
sale of the products along with project management, set-up and installation.

Steps of revenue recognition

We account for revenue in accordance with the revenue standard, in which the following five steps are applied to recognize 

revenue:

1. 

2. 

Identify the contract with a customer: Generally, we consider customer purchase orders which, in some cases are governed 
by master sales or other purchase agreements, to be the customer contract. All of the following criteria must be met before 
we consider an agreement to qualify as a contract with a customer under the revenue standard: (i) it must be approved by all 
parties; (ii) each party’s rights regarding the goods and services to be transferred can be identified; (iii) the payment terms 
for the goods and services can be identified; (iv) the customer has the ability and intent to pay and collection of substantially 
all of the consideration is probable; and, (v) the agreement has commercial substance. We exercise reasonable judgment to 
determine the customer’s ability and intent to pay, which is based upon various factors including the customer’s historical 
payment experience or credit and financial information and credit risk management measures that we implement.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract: We assess whether each promised good or service is distinct for the 
purpose of identifying the various performance obligations in each contract. Promised goods and services are considered 
distinct provided that: (i) the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources 
that are readily available to the customer and (ii) our promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately 
identifiable or distinct from other promises in the contract. Our performance obligations consist of a variety of products and 
services offerings, which include networking equipment; proprietary pigment; optical filters; proprietary software licenses; 
and  support  and  maintenance,  which  includes  hardware  support  that  extends  beyond  our  standard  warranties,  software 
maintenance, installation, professional and implementation services, and training.

Identifying and evaluating whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations may require 
significant judgment particularly in NSE due to the underlying nature of the product and service offerings. We may enter 
into contracts that involve a significant level of integration and interdependency between a software license and 
installation services. Judgment may be required to determine whether the software license is considered distinct in the 
context of the contract and accounted for separately, or not distinct in the context of the contract and accounted for 
together with the installation service.

3.  Determine the transaction price: Transaction price reflects the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled in 
exchange for transferring goods or services to the customer. Our contracts may include terms that could cause variability in 
the  transaction  price  including  rebates,  sales  returns,  market  incentives  and  volume  discounts. Variable  consideration  is 
generally accounted for at the portfolio level and estimated based on historical information. If a contract includes a variable 
amount, the price adjustments are estimated at contract inception. In both cases, estimates are updated at the end of each 
reporting period as additional information becomes available.

4. 

Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract: If the contract contains a single performance 
obligation, the entire transaction price is allocated to that performance obligation. Many of our contracts include multiple 
performance obligations with a combination of distinct products and services, maintenance and support, professional services 
and/or training. Contracts may also include rights or options to acquire future products and/or services, which are accounted 
for as separate performance obligations by us, only if the right or option provides the customer with a material right that it 
would not receive without entering into the contract. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the 
total transaction value to each distinct performance obligation based on relative standalone selling price (SSP). Judgment is 
required to determine the SSP for each distinct performance obligation. The best evidence of SSP is the observable price of 
a good or service when we sell that good or service separately under similar circumstances to similar customers. If a directly 
observable price is not available, the SSP must be estimated based on multiple factors including, but not limited to, historical 
pricing practices, internal costs, and profit objectives as well as overall market conditions.

30

Table of Contents

5. 

Recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied: Revenue is recognized at the point in time control is 
transferred to the customer. For hardware sales, transfer of control to the customer typically occurs at the point the product 
is shipped or delivered to the customer’s designated location. For software license sales, transfer of control to the customer 
typically occurs upon shipment, electronic delivery, or when the software is available for download by the customer. For 
sales of implementation service and solution contracts or in instances where software is sold along with essential installation 
services,  transfer  of  control  occurs  and  revenue  is  typically  recognized  upon  customer  acceptance.  In  certain  instances, 
acceptance is deemed to have occurred if all acceptance provisions lapse, or if we have evidence that all acceptance provisions 
will be, or have been, satisfied. For fixed-price support and extended warranty contracts, or certain software arrangements, 
which provide customers with a right to access over a discrete period, control is deemed to transfer over time and revenue 
is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term due to the stand-ready nature of the performance obligation. 
Revenue from hardware repairs and calibration services outside of an extended warranty or support contract is recognized 
at the time of completion of the related service. For other professional services or time-based labor contracts, revenue is 
recognized as we perform the services and the customers receive and/or consume the benefits.

Business Combinations

We use the acquisition method of accounting under the authoritative guidance on business combinations. Each acquired 
company’s operating results are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on the date of acquisition. The 
purchase price is equivalent to the fair value of consideration transferred. Tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is 
recognized for the excess of purchase price over the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

The allocation of purchase price requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions in determining the fair 
values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. With respect to intangible assets, critical estimates in valuing intangible assets 
include, but are not limited to, future cash flows from customer relationships, developed technology, trade names and acquired 
patents; and discount rates. Management estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which 
are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or 
validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.

Goodwill Valuation

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid, over the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, 
to purchase an enterprise or asset. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually, during the fourth 
quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstance indicate that the asset may be impaired.  

The accounting guidance provides us the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment 
testing is necessary. The qualitative assessment considers events and circumstances that might indicate that a reporting unit’s fair 
value is less than its carry amount. These events and circumstances include, macro-economic conditions, such as a significant 
adverse change in our operating environment, industry or market considerations; entity-specific events such as increasing costs, 
declining financial performance, or loss of key personnel; or other events, such as the sale of a reporting unit, adverse regulatory 
developments or a sustained decrease in our stock price.

If it is determined, as a result of the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting 

unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required.

Under the quantitative test, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that 
goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as impairment of goodwill. Measurement 
of the fair value of a reporting unit is based on one or more of the following fair value measures: using present value techniques 
of estimated future cash flows or using valuation techniques based on multiples of earnings or revenue, or a similar performance 
measure.

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgments, including: identification of the reporting units, assigning 
assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units, a qualitative assessment to determine whether there 
are any impairment indicators, and determining the fair value of each reporting unit. We generally estimate the fair value of a 
reporting unit using a combination of the income approach, which estimates the fair value based on the future discounted cash 
flows, and the market approach, which estimates the fair value based on comparable market prices. Our significant estimates in 
the income approach include our weighted average cost of capital, long-term rate of growth and profitability of the reporting unit’s 
business and working capital effects. The market approach estimates the fair value of the business based on a comparison of the 
reporting unit to comparable publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. Significant estimates in the market approach 
include identifying similar companies with comparable business factors such as size, growth, profitability, risk and return on 
investment, and assessing comparable revenue and operating income multiples in estimating the fair value of the reporting unit.
31

Table of Contents

We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions about the future that we believe are reasonable 
based on available information. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that affect the accuracy of our assumptions, 
estimates and judgments. For example, if the price of our common stock were to significantly decrease combined with other adverse 
changes in market conditions, thus indicating that the underlying fair value of our reporting units may have decreased, we might 
be required to reassess the value of our goodwill in the period such circumstances were identified. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we performed the goodwill impairment test in accordance with the authoritative guidance 
for NE, SE and OSP reporting units, and determined no indicator of impairment. Refer to “Note 9. Goodwill” for more information.

Income Taxes

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on accounting for income taxes, we recognize income taxes using an asset and 
liability approach. This approach requires the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax 
liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements 
or tax returns. The measurement of current and deferred taxes is based on provisions of the enacted tax law and the effects of future 
changes in tax laws or rates are not anticipated.

The authoritative guidance provides for recognition of deferred tax assets if the realization of such deferred tax assets is more 
likely than not to occur based on an evaluation of both positive and negative evidence and the relative weight of the evidence. 
With the exception of certain international jurisdictions, we have determined that at this time it is more likely than not that deferred 
tax assets attributable to the remaining jurisdictions will not be realized, primarily due to uncertainties related to our ability to 
utilize our net operating loss carryforwards before they expire. Accordingly, we have established a valuation allowance for such 
deferred tax assets. If there is a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance has been 
established, then our tax provision may decrease in the period in which we determine that realization is more likely than not. 
Likewise, if we determine that it is not more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will be realized, then a valuation allowance 
may be established for such deferred tax assets and our tax provision may increase in the period in which we make the determination.

The  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes  prescribes  the  recognition  threshold  and 
measurement attributes for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a 
tax return. Additionally, it provides guidance on recognition, classification and disclosure of tax positions. We are subject to income 
tax audits by the respective tax authorities in all of the jurisdictions in which we operate. The determination of tax liabilities in 
each of these jurisdictions requires the interpretation and application of complex and sometimes uncertain tax laws and regulations. 
We recognize liabilities based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional tax liabilities are more likely than 
not. If we ultimately determine that the payment of such a liability is not necessary, then we reverse the liability and recognize a 
tax benefit during the period in which the determination is made that the liability is no longer necessary.

The recognition and measurement of current taxes payable or refundable and deferred tax assets and liabilities requires that 
we make certain estimates and judgments. Changes to these estimates or a change in judgment may have a material impact on our 
tax provision in a future period.

Contingencies

We  are  subject  to  various  potential  loss  contingencies  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  In  determining  a  loss 
contingency, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as its ability to 
reasonably estimate the amount of loss. An estimated loss is accrued when it is probable that an asset has been impaired, a liability 
has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate current information available to 
determine whether such accruals should be adjusted and whether new accruals are required. 

Contingent liabilities include contingent consideration in connection with our acquisitions, which represent earn-out payments 
and  is  recognized  at  fair  value  on  the  acquisition  date  and  is  remeasured  each  reporting  period  with  subsequent  adjustments 
recognized  in  the  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  of  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.  Contingent 
consideration is valued using significant inputs that are not observable in the market pursuant to fair value measurement accounting. 
While we believe the estimates and assumptions are reasonable, there is significant judgment and uncertainty involved.

Adoption of Lease Accounting Standard

Refer to “Note 2. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements” regarding the impact to our financial statements of the 

adoption of the accounting standard leases (ASC 842 - Lease) on June 30, 2019.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2020 the Company adopted this standard lease using the modified retrospective approach. Adoption 
of the leasing standard resulted in $35.5 million of Right-of-Use (ROU) assets and $37.0 million of lease liabilities on June 30, 

32

Table of Contents

2019. In addition, the Company recorded an adjustment to accumulated deficit, net of taxes, of $3.0 million from the recognition 
of previously deferred profit under sale-leaseback arrangements and de-recognition of related real estate assets of $7.1 million and 
financing  obligations  of  $10.1  million. The  adoption  of  the  new  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Statements of Cash Flows. For additional information refer to “Note 12. Leases.”

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The results of operations for the current period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for future periods. The 

following table summarizes selected Consolidated Statements of Operations items as a percentage of net revenue:

Segment net revenue:

Network Enablement

Service Enablement

Optical Security and Performance

Net revenue

Cost of revenues

Amortization of acquired technologies

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Amortization of other intangibles

Restructuring and related charges

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest income and other income, net

Gain on sale of investments

Interest expense

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

Provision for income taxes
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of taxes

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

Net income (loss)

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

65.7%

65.3%

61.6 %

9.0

25.3
100.0

38.6

2.9

58.5

17.0

27.7

3.1

0.3

48.1

10.4

0.8

—
(2.9)
8.3

5.8
2.5

—

2.5%

9.1

25.6
100.0

39.4

3.0

57.6

16.5

30.4

3.4

1.4

51.7

5.9

0.6

—
(3.0)
3.5

2.8
0.7
(0.2)
0.5%

13.5

24.9
100.0

41.2

3.0

55.8

15.2

37.1

2.4

0.9

55.6

0.2

1.1

—

(5.3)

(4.0)

1.5
(5.5)

—

(5.5)%

33

Table of Contents

Financial Data for Fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018

The following table summarizes selected Consolidated Statement of Operations items (in millions, except for percentages):

Segment net revenue:

NE
SE
OSP

Net revenue

Amortization of acquired
technologies
Percentage of net revenue

2020

2019

Change

Percent
Change

2019

2018

Change

$746.7
102.7
286.9
$1,136.3

$737.8
103.4
289.1
$1,130.3

$8.9
(0.7)
(2.2)
$6.0

1.2 % $737.8
103.4
(0.7)%
(0.8)%
289.1
0.5 % $1,130.3

$539.1
118.5
218.1
$875.7

$198.7
(15.1)
71.0
$254.6

Percent
Change

36.9 %
(12.7)%
32.6 %
29.1 %

$

$

32.7
2.9 %

34.4
3.0 %

$

(1.7)

(4.9)% $

$

34.4
3.0 %

26.7
3.0 %

$

7.7

28.8 %

Gross profit
Gross margin

$ 665.3

$ 651.4

$

13.9

2.1 % $ 651.4

$ 488.4

$ 163.0

33.4 %

58.5 %

57.6 %

57.6 %

55.8 %

Amortization of intangibles
Percentage of net revenue

$

$

35.1
3.1 %

38.1
3.4 %

Research and development
Percentage of net revenue

$ 193.6

$ 187.0

17.0 %

16.5 %

$

$

(3.0)

(7.9)% $

$

38.1
3.4 %

21.0
2.4 %

$

17.1

81.4 %

6.6

3.5 % $ 187.0

$ 133.3

$

53.7

40.3 %

16.5 %

15.2 %

Selling, general and administrative $ 315.0
Percentage of net revenue

27.7 %

$ 343.5

$

(28.5)

(8.3)% $ 343.5

$ 323.9

$

19.6

6.1 %

30.4 %

30.4 %

37.1 %

Restructuring and related charges
Percentage of net revenue

$

$

3.5
0.3 %

15.4
1.4 %

$

(11.9)

(77.3)% $

Interest and other income, net
Percentage of net revenue

9.6
0.8 %

6.2
0.5 %

Interest expense
Percentage of net revenue

$ (33.7)

$ (34.3)

(2.9)%

(3.0)%

$

$

3.4

54.8 %

Provision for income taxes
Percentage of net revenue

$

$

65.3
5.8 %

31.5
2.8 %

$

33.8

107.3 % $

$

15.4
1.4 %

8.3
0.9 %

6.2
0.5 %

9.7
1.1 %

$

$

7.1

85.5 %

(3.5)

(36.1)%

(3.0)%

(5.4)%

$

31.5
2.8 %

12.9
1.5 %

$

18.6

144.2 %

0.6

(1.7)% $ (34.3)

$ (47.3)

$

13.0

(27.5)%

(Loss) income from discontinued 
operations, net of taxes
Percentage of net revenue

$ — $

— %

(2.4)
(0.2)%

$

2.4

(100.0)% $

(2.4)
(0.2)%

$ — $

(2.4)

— %

— %

Foreign Currency Impact on Results of Operations

While the majority of our net revenue and operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollar, a portion of our international 
operations are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Changes in foreign exchange rates may significantly affect 
revenue and expenses. While we use foreign currency hedging contracts to mitigate some foreign currency exchange risk, these 
activities are limited in the protection that they provide us and can themselves result in losses. We have presented below “constant 
dollar” comparisons of our net sales and operating expenses which exclude the impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations. 
Constant  dollar  net  revenue  and  operating  expenses  are  non-GAAP  financial  measures,  which  is  information  derived  from 
consolidated financial information but not presented in our financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our 
management believes these non-GAAP measures, when considered in conjunction with the corresponding U.S. GAAP measures, 
may facilitate a better understanding of changes in net revenue and operating expenses. 

34

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2020 and 2019

If currency exchange rates had been constant in fiscal 2020 and 2019, our consolidated net revenue in “constant dollars” 
would have increased by approximately $8.4 million, or 0.7% of net revenue, which primarily impacted our NE and SE segments. 
The  impact  of  foreign  currency  fluctuations  on  net  revenue  was  not  indicative  of  the  impact  on  net  income  due  to  the 
offsetting foreign currency impact on operating costs and expenses. If currency exchange rates had been constant in fiscal 2020
and 2019, our consolidated operating expenses in “constant dollars” would have increased by approximately $6.2 million, or 
0.5% of net revenue.

Fiscal 2019 and 2018

If currency exchange rates had been constant in fiscal 2019 and 2018, our consolidated net revenue in “constant dollars” 
would have increased by approximately $13.7 million, or 1.2% of net revenue, which primarily impacted our NE and SE segments. 
The  impact  of  foreign  currency  fluctuations  on  net  revenue  was  not  indicative  of  the  impact  on  net  income  due  to  the 
offsetting foreign currency impact on  operating  costs  and  expenses.  If  currency  exchange  rates  had  been  constant  in 
fiscal 2019 and 2018, our consolidated operating expenses in “constant dollars” would have increased by approximately $10.1 
million, or 0.9% of net revenue.

The Results of Operations are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and not using constant dollars. Refer to Item 7A. 
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details on foreign 
currency instruments and our related risk management strategies.

Net Revenue

Revenue from our service offerings exceeds 10% of our total consolidated net revenue and is presented separately in our 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.  Service  revenue  primarily  consists  of  maintenance  and  support,  extended  warranty, 
professional services and post-contract support in addition to other services such as calibration and repair services. When evaluating 
the performance of our segments, management focuses on total net revenue, gross profit and operating income and not the product 
or service categories. Consequently, the following discussion of business segment performance focuses on total net revenue, gross 
profit, and operating income consistent with our approach for managing the business.

Fiscal 2020 and 2019

Net revenue increased by $6.0 million, or 0.5%, during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. This increase was driven by a 

slight growth in NE revenue, partially offset by a small decrease in our OSP and SE segments.

Product revenues remained relatively flat by $1.0 million, or 0.1%, during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. During the 
period we realized strength from our NE segment, which was largely offset by declines in our SE and OSP segments as further 
discussed below. 

Service revenues increased $5.0 million, or 4.0%, during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. This increase was primarily 
due to increased support revenue from our NE and SE segments, primarily driven by increased support revenues from our Wireless 
and Mature Assurance products.

NE net revenue increased by $8.9 million, or 1.2%, during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. This increase was primarily 
driven by 5G wireless secular growth trends, higher fiber demand from Field Instruments due to the 400Gb upgrade cycle. The 
increase in revenue was partially offset by the effect of COVID-19.

SE net revenue decreased by $0.7 million, or 0.7%, during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. This was primarily driven 

by the continued run-off in our Mature Assurance portfolio solutions.

OSP net revenue decreased by $2.2 million, or 0.8%, during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. This decrease was primarily 
driven by decrease in demand for our Anti-Counterfeiting products which benefited from higher banknote redesign demand in 
fiscal 2019, This decrease was partially offset by continued 3D Sensing products demand driven by further adoption and the 
broadening of our customer base.

Fiscal 2019 and 2018

Net revenue increased by $254.6 million, or 29.1%, during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily 

due to increases from our NE and OSP segments, partially offset by a revenue decrease from our SE segment.

Product revenues increased by $231.7 million, or 30.0%, during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was 

primarily from our NE and OSP segment as discussed below.

35

Table of Contents

Service revenues increased $22.9 million, or 22.2%, during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily 
due to increased support revenue from the NE segment primarily driven by revenues from the AW business acquired in the third 
quarter of fiscal 2018, partially offset by a decline in support contract renewals from the SE segment as discussed below.

NE net revenue increased by $198.7 million or 36.9%, during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily 
driven by revenue from the AW business acquired in the third quarter of fiscal 2018, the 5G wireless secular growth trend and 
organic growth in our Fiber business across Lab and Field Instruments. This increase was partially offset by revenue declines 
primarily in Cable products from peak levels a year ago driven by the DOCSIS 3.1 upgrade cycle.

SE net revenue decreased by $15.1 million, or 12.7%, during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. This decrease was primarily 
driven by a decline in our Data Center customer demand and from the expected run-off in our Mature Assurance products due to 
a decline in support renewal contracts. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in our Growth Assurance product portfolio.

OSP net revenue increased by $71.0 million, or 32.6%, during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily 
driven  by  increase  in  demand  from  out Anti-Counterfeiting  products  due  to  bank  note  redesign  and  higher  revenue  from  out 
Consumer and Industrial products, due to higher demand for our 3D Sensing optical filters and newly acquired Engineered DiffusersTM 
products as technology adoption of facial recognition applications for smartphones increased.

Going forward, we expect to continue to encounter a number of industry and market risks and uncertainties that may limit 
our visibility, and consequently, our ability to predict future revenue, profitability and general financial performance, and that 
could create quarter over quarter variability in our financial measures. For example, while the majority of our net revenue and 
expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars, a portion of our international operations are denominated in foreign currencies. The 
strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could negatively impact reported revenue. 

Additionally, we have seen demand for our NE and SE products affected by macroeconomic uncertainty. We cannot predict 
when or to what extent these uncertainties will be resolved. Our revenues, profitability, and general financial performance may 
also be affected by: (a) pricing pressures due to, among other things, a highly concentrated customer base, increasing competition, 
particularly from Asia-based competitors, and a general commoditization trend for certain products; (b) product mix variability 
in our NE and SE markets, which affects revenue and gross margin; (c) fluctuations in customer buying patterns, which cause 
demand, revenue and profitability volatility; (d) the current trend of communication industry consolidation, which is expected to 
continue, that directly affects our NE and SE customer bases and adds additional risk and uncertainty to our financial and business 
projections; (e) the impact of ongoing global trade policies, political tensions between the U.S. and China, tariffs and sanctions; 
and (f) regulatory or economic developments that slow or change the rate of adoption of 5G, 3D Sensing and other emerging 
secular technologies and platforms. 

36

Table of Contents

Revenue by Region

We operate in three geographic regions: Americas, Asia-Pacific and Europe Middle East and Africa (EMEA). Net revenue 
is assigned to the geographic region and country where our product is initially shipped. For example, certain customers may request 
shipment of our product to a contract manufacturer in one country, which may differ from the location of their end customers. The 
following table presents net revenue by the three geographic regions we operate in and net revenue from countries that exceeded 
10% of our total net revenue (in millions):

Americas:

United States
Other Americas

Total Americas

Asia-Pacific:

Greater China
Other Asia-Pacific

Total Asia-Pacific

EMEA:

Switzerland
Other EMEA

Total EMEA

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

$

$

$

$

$

341.6
73.2
414.8

245.7
122.5
368.2

64.6
288.7
353.3

30.1% $
6.4%
36.5% $

342.1
84.2
426.3

30.3% $
7.4%
37.7% $

335.5
81.0
416.5

21.6% $
10.8%
32.4% $

216.6
155.6
372.2

19.1% $
13.8%
32.9% $

128.6
85.2
213.8

5.7% $
25.4%
31.1% $

97.0
234.8
331.8

8.6% $
20.8%
29.4% $

75.3
170.1
245.4

38.3%
9.3%
47.6%

14.7%
9.7%
24.4%

8.6%
19.4%
28.0%

Total net revenue

$ 1,136.3

100.0% $ 1,130.3

100.0% $

875.7

100.0%

Net revenue from customers outside the Americas for the fiscal years ended 2020, 2019 and 2018 represented 63.5%, 62.3%
and 52.4% of net revenue, respectively. We expect revenue from customers outside of United States to continue to be an important 
part of our overall net revenue and an increasing focus for net revenue growth opportunities.

Gross Margin

Gross margin in fiscal 2020 increased by 0.9% to 58.5% from 57.6% in fiscal 2019. This increase was primarily driven by 
higher revenue volume in our NE segment and better manufacturing absorption in our NE and OSP segments. The increase was 
partially offset by gross margin reduction in our SE segment, further discussed in the sections below.

Gross margin in fiscal 2019 increased 1.8% to 57.6% from 55.8% in fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily driven by higher 
revenue volume and a favorable product mix within our NE segment and a decrease in acquisition related costs incurred from our 
past acquisitions. This increase was partially offset by gross margin reduction in our SE segment and increase in amortization of 
acquired developed technology from recent acquisitions, further discussed in the sections below.

As discussed in more detail under “Net Revenue” above, we sell products in certain markets that are consolidating, undergoing 
product, architectural and business model transitions, have high customer concentrations, are highly competitive (increasingly due 
to Asia-Pacific-based competition), are price sensitive and/or are affected by customer seasonal and mix variant buying patterns. 
We expect these factors to continue to result in variability of our gross margin.

Research and Development

R&D expense increased by $6.6 million, or 3.5%, during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. This increase was primarily 
driven by targeted investments to support increased demand for our key products lines and additional R&D costs incurred from 
our acquired businesses. As a percentage of revenue net revenue R&D increased by 0.5% during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 
2019.

R&D expense increased by $53.7 million, or 40.3%, during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018.  This increase was driven 
by full period R&D expense from acquisitions in the past; in particular, the AW business and targeted investments to support the 

37

 
 
Table of Contents

demand of our Wireless and Fiber products. As a percentage of net revenue R&D increased by 1.3% during fiscal 2019 compared 
to fiscal 2018.

We believe that continuing our investments in R&D is critical to attaining our strategic objectives. We plan to continue to 

invest in R&D and new products that will further differentiate us in the marketplace.

Selling, General and Administrative

SG&A expense decreased by $28.5 million, or 8.3%, in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. This decrease was primarily 
due to a decrease in the fair value of the earn-out liability of $29.5 million related to the RPC Photonics, Inc. (RPC) acquisition, 
driven by the lower-than-expected rate of adoption by Android customers further compounded by the macroeconomic impact of 
COVID-19 and the reduction in net expenses driven by our recent restructuring activities and on-going cost reduction efforts. 
Offset by costs incurred for intellectual property protection and prosecution during the period. As a percentage of net revenue, 
SG&A decreased 8.3% in fiscal 2020.

SG&A expense increased by $19.6 million, or 6.1%, in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily due 
to incremental SG&A expense from the AW business acquired in fiscal 2018 and on-going investment in upgrading our ERP and 
related systems, partially offset by the decrease of acquisition related costs from high levels a year ago, a decrease in the fair value 
of our RPC earn-out liability of $5.9 million, the reduction in net expenses driven by our recent restructuring activities and on-
going cost reduction efforts. As a percentage of net revenue, SG&A decreased 6.7% in fiscal 2019.

We intend to continue to focus on reducing our SG&A expense as a percentage of net revenue. However, we have in the 
recent past experienced, and may continue to experience in the future, certain charges unrelated to our core operating performance, 
such  as  acquisitions  and  integration  related  expenses  and  litigation  expenses,  which  could  increase  our  SG&A  expenses  and 
potentially impact our profitability expectations in any particular quarter.

Amortization of Acquired Technologies and Intangibles

Amortization of acquired technologies and intangibles for fiscal 2020 decreased $4.7 million, or 6.4%, to $67.8 million from 
$72.5 million in fiscal 2019. This decrease is primarily due to the impact from intangible assets becoming fully amortized in fiscal 
2020.

Amortization of acquired technologies and intangibles for fiscal 2019 increased $24.8 million, or 52.0%, to $72.5 million
from $47.7 million in fiscal 2018. This increase is primarily due to the acquisition of RPC in October 2018, and a full period of 
amortization from the acquisition of AW, acquired in the third quarter of fiscal 2018, which contributed a $34.7 million incremental 
charge; partially offset by the impact of intangible assets becoming fully amortized in 2018 and 2019.

Acquired In-Process Research and Development

In accordance with authoritative guidance, we recognize acquired in-process and development (IPR&D) at fair value as of 
the acquisition date, and subsequently account for it as an indefinite-lived intangible asset until completion or abandonment of the 
associated research and development efforts. We periodically review the stage of completion and likelihood of success of each 
IPR&D project. The nature of the efforts required to develop IPR&D projects into commercially viable products principally relates 
to the completion of all planning, designing, prototyping, verification and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the 
products can be produced to meet their design specifications, including functions, features and technical performance requirements.

In connection with the AW acquisition, we recorded IPR&D assets of $9.0 million at their fair value and account for them 
as indefinite-lived intangible assets that shall last until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and development 
projects. During the third quarter of fiscal 2019, the IPR&D activities were completed and transferred to developed technology, 
with an estimated useful life of 6 years. See “Note 10. Acquired Developed Technology and Other Intangibles” of the notes to our 
Consolidated Financial Statements for more detail.

Restructuring and Related Charges

From  time  to  time  we  have  initiated  strategic  restructuring  events  primarily  intended  to  reduce  costs,  consolidate  our 
operations, rationalize the manufacturing of our products and align our businesses in response to market conditions. We estimate 
annualized gross cost savings of approximately $36.2 million excluding any one-time charges as a result of the recent restructuring 
activities. Refer to “Note 13. Restructuring and Related Charges” for more information. 

As of June 27, 2020, our total restructuring accrual was $6.5 million. 

During fiscal 2020, we recorded $3.5 million in restructuring and related charges. These charges are a combination of new 

and previously announced restructuring plans and are primarily the result of the following: 

38

Table of Contents

i.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we updated our NSE, including AW Restructuring plan to include additional 
headcount to further drive operational improvement consistent with the original plan. As a result, a net restructuring 
charge of $3.5 million, for approximately 60 employees primarily in R&D and SG&A functions located in North America, 
Europe and Asia was recorded in the year ended June 27, 2020. Payments related to the severance and benefits accrual 
are expected to be paid by the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.

During fiscal 2019, we recorded $15.4 million in restructuring and related charges. The charges are a combination of new 

and previously announced restructuring plans and are primarily the result of the following:

i.  During the first quarter of fiscal 2019, Management approved restructuring and workforce reduction plans within our 
Network Service and Enablement (NSE) business, including actions related to the recently acquired AW business (NSE, 
including AW Restructuring plan). These actions further drive our strategy for organizational alignment and consolidation 
as part of our continued commitment to a more cost effective and agile organization and to improve overall profitability 
of the NSE business. Included in these restructuring plans are specific actions to consolidate and integrate the newly 
acquired AW business within the NSE business segment. During the third quarter of fiscal 2019, we updated the plan to 
include additional headcount primarily to transfer a portion of the manufacturing operations related to the recently acquired 
AW  business  to  a  contract  manufacturer.  As  a  result,  a  total  restructuring  charge  of $16.1  million,  for 
approximately 240 employees primarily in manufacturing, R&D and SG&A functions located in North America, Latin 
America, Europe and Asia was recorded in the year ended June 29, 2019. Payments related to the severance and benefits 
accrual are expected to be paid by the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020.

Interest Income and Other Income, Net

Interest income and other income, net was $9.6 million in fiscal 2020 as compared to $6.2 million in fiscal 2019. This $3.4 
million increase was primarily driven by a $5.1 million favorable foreign exchange impact as the balance sheet hedging program 
provided a more favorable offset to the remeasurement of underlying foreign exchange exposures during fiscal 2020, offset by a 
decrease of $1.0 million in interest income due to lower yields on money market funds and deposits during fiscal 2020.

Interest income and other income, net was $6.2 million in fiscal 2019 as compared to $9.7 million in fiscal 2018. This $3.5 
million decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in interest income in the amount of $7.9 million during fiscal 2019 due to a 
decrease in the investment balance in the US and a much lower yield on money market funds in China, offset by a loss on repurchase 
of our 2033 Notes in the amount of $5.0 million during fiscal 2018 with no such loss recorded in fiscal 2019.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased by $0.6 million, or 1.7%, during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. This was primarily due to 
a decrease in debt discount accretion from the 2033 Notes as the notes were fully redeemed or converted in the second quarter of 
fiscal 2019.

Interest expense decreased by $13.0 million, or 27.5%, during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. This was primarily due 
to a decrease in debt discount accretion from the 2033 Notes as the notes were fully redeemed or converted in the second quarter 
of fiscal 2019, offset by the accretion of debt discount from the issuance of the 2023 Notes in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018.

Provision for Income Tax

Fiscal 2020 Tax Expense

We recorded an income tax expense of $65.3 million for fiscal 2020. The expected tax expense derived by applying the 
federal statutory rate to our income before income taxes for fiscal 2020 differed from the income tax expense recorded primarily 
as a result of domestic and foreign losses that were not realized due to valuation allowances and to a $32.5 million charge for 
withholding taxes expected to be paid on the repatriation of $324.0 million of foreign earnings that we do not consider to be 
permanently reinvested. During the third quarter of fiscal 2020, which included changing our intent with regard to the indefinite 
reinvestment of such foreign earnings, we initially accrued $31.6 million for withholding taxes expected to be paid on the repatriation 
of $316.4 million of accumulated foreign earnings that we no longer considers to be permanently reinvested as of the third quarter. 
During the Fiscal year 2020, we paid $19.5 million withholding income tax on the repatriation of foreign earnings. In light of the 
economic uncertainty caused by COVID-19, we reevaluated our historic assertion on foreign earnings and no longer consider a 
majority of these earnings to be permanently reinvested. The repatriation of these earnings increases available cash in the U.S. 
and provides greater U.S. financial flexibility to assist us in navigating the expected downturn in the economy. The foreign earnings 
are being repatriated to the U.S. without incurring any significant additional U.S current or deferred tax expense. 

On March 27, 2020, the House passed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (The CARES Act), also 
known as the Third COVID-19 Supplemental Relief bill, and the president signed the legislation into law. Tax provisions of the 
39

Table of Contents

Act include the deferral of certain payroll taxes, relief for retaining employees, and other provisions. The provisions of the legislation 
did not have a significant impact on the effective tax rate or the income tax payable and deferred income tax positions. We continue 
to monitor additional guidance issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue Service and others.

Based on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction review of anticipated future income and due to the continued economic uncertainty 
in the industry, management has determined that in many of our jurisdictions, it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax 
assets will not be realized in those jurisdictions. During fiscal 2020, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased by 
$0.2 million primarily related to the business acquired during the year. 

We are routinely subject to various federal, state and foreign audits by taxing authorities. We believe that adequate amounts 

have been provided for any adjustments that may result from these examinations.

Fiscal 2019 Tax Expense

We recorded an income tax expense of $31.5 million for fiscal 2019. The expected tax expense derived by applying the 
federal statutory rate to our income before income taxes for fiscal 2019 differed from the income tax expense recorded primarily 
as a result of domestic and foreign losses that were not realized due to valuation allowances. 

Based on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction review of anticipated future income and due to the continued economic uncertainty 
in the industry, management has determined that in many of our jurisdictions, it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax 
assets will not be realized in those jurisdictions. During fiscal 2019, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased 
by $23.2 million primarily due to the net increase of deferred tax assets resulting from the inclusion of our foreign subsidiaries in 
the US tax return as a consequence of U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted in December 2017. 

We are routinely subject to various federal, state and foreign audits by taxing authorities. We believe that adequate amounts 

have been provided for any adjustments that may result from these examinations.

Fiscal 2018 Tax Expense

We recorded an income tax expense of $12.9 million for fiscal 2018. The expected tax expense derived by applying the 
federal statutory rate to our income before income taxes for fiscal 2018 differed from the income tax expense recorded primarily 
as a result of domestic and foreign losses that were not realized due to valuation allowances.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted. Income tax effects resulting from changes in tax laws 
were accounted for by us in accordance with the authoritative guidance and the effects were recorded as a component of the 
provision for income taxes from continuing operations. The law has significantly changed the way the U.S. taxes corporations. 
The Act repealed the alternative minimum tax (AMT) for corporations and provided that the existing AMT credit carryforwards 
would be refunded in 2022 if not utilized. As a result, we recognized a benefit of $4.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 
for the release of the valuation allowance previously maintained against the AMT credit deferred tax asset. As a result, our deferred 
tax liability associated with indefinite-lived intangible assets was offset against these indefinite-lived deferred tax assets, resulting 
in a benefit of $2.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 due to release of the valuation allowance.

The Act imposed a deemed repatriation of our foreign subsidiaries’ post-1986 earnings and profits (E&P) which had previously 
been deferred from U.S. income tax.  The deemed repatriation was reported in our fiscal 2018 U.S. Tax return.  We completed the 
calculation of the total post-1986 foreign E&P for all foreign subsidiaries during the quarter ended December 29, 2018.  The change 
in estimate did not materially impact our financial statements.

The Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% as of January 1, 2018. We have remeasured our U.S. 
deferred tax assets and liabilities which resulted in a net reduction of $734.9 million of our net deferred tax assets and an equal 
and offsetting reduction to the valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets.

Upon adoption of the new guidance on share-based payment awards, we had $117.7 million of net operating loss carryforwards 
resulting from excess tax benefit deductions. The deferred tax asset recorded for these net operating loss carryforwards was fully 
offset by a corresponding increase in valuation allowance, resulting in no impact to opening accumulated deficit. In addition, due 
to the full valuation allowance on the U.S. deferred tax assets, there was no impact to the income tax provision from excess tax 
benefits for the year ended June 30, 2018.

Based on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction review of anticipated future income and due to the continued economic uncertainty 
in the industry, management has determined that in many of our jurisdictions, it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax 
assets will not be realized in those jurisdictions. During fiscal 2018, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets decreased by 
$712.9 million primarily due to the remeasurement of the US deferred tax assets and liabilities related to U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs 
Act. 

40

Table of Contents

We are routinely subject to various federal, state and foreign audits by taxing authorities. We believe that adequate amounts 

have been provided for any adjustments that may result from these examinations.

Operating Segment Information (in millions):

2020

2019

Change

Percentage
Change

2019

2018

Change

Percentage
Change

$ 746.7

$ 737.8

$

482.4

473.3

64.6%

64.2%

8.9

9.1

1.2 % $ 737.8

$ 539.1

$ 198.7

1.9 %

473.3

334.3

139.0

36.9 %

41.6 %

64.2%

62.0%

$ 102.7

$ 103.4

$

68.8

67.0%

71.0

68.7%

(0.7)

(2.2)

(0.7)% $ 103.4

$ 118.5

(3.1)%

71.0

68.7%

82.6

69.7%

$ (15.1)
(11.6)

(12.7)%

(14.0)%

$ 849.4

$ 841.2

$

108.8

12.8%

99.6

11.8%

8.2

9.2

1.0 % $ 841.2

$ 657.6

$ 183.6

9.2 %

99.6

11.8%

43.6

6.6%

56.0

$ 286.9

$ 289.1

$

(2.2)

(0.8)% $ 289.1

$ 218.1

$

153.0

145.8

53.3%

102.1

35.6%

50.4%

98.0

33.9%

7.2

4.1

4.9 %

145.8

115.2

4.2 %

50.4%

98.0

33.9%

52.8%

78.2

35.9%

71.0

30.6

19.8

27.9 %

128.4 %

32.6 %

26.6 %

25.3 %

NE

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

SE

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

NSE

Net revenue

Operating income

Operating margin

OSP

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

Operating income

Operating margin

Network Enablement

NE gross margin increased 0.4% during fiscal 2020 to 64.6% from 64.2% in fiscal 2019. This increase was primarily due to 

higher revenue volume and gross margin improvement from favorable product mix in our Lab Instrument products.

NE gross margin increased 2.2% during fiscal 2019 to 64.2% from 62.0% in fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily due to 
higher revenue volume and gross margin improvement from a favorable product mix in our Field Instrument and Lab Instrument 
products driven by both organic revenue growth from our fiber and acquired AW business product offerings.

Service Enablement

SE gross margin decreased 1.7% during fiscal 2020 to 67.0% from 68.7% in fiscal 2019. This decrease was primarily due 

to lower revenue and unfavorable product mix from the continued run-off of higher margin Mature Assurance solutions.

SE gross margin decreased 1.0% during fiscal 2019 to 68.7% from 69.7% in fiscal 2018. This decrease was primarily due 
to lower revenue and an unfavorable product mix from the continued run-off of higher margin Mature Assurance solutions and 
declines in revenue from Data Center products.

Network and Service Enablement

NSE operating margin increased 1.0% during fiscal 2020 to 12.8% from 11.8% in fiscal 2019. The increase in operating 
margin was primarily driven by continuing efficient cost management including restructuring, cost synergies realized from our 
acquisitions, lower travel expenses as a result of COVID-19 as well as the benefit of higher operating leverage from increased 
revenue volumes. 

41

 
Table of Contents

NSE operating margin increased 5.2% during fiscal 2019 to 11.8% from 6.6% in fiscal 2018. The increase in operating margin 
was primarily driven by continuing efficient cost management, including restructuring, cost synergies realized from the acquisition 
as well as the benefit of higher operating leverage from increased revenue volume due to the acquired AW business.

Optical Security and Performance Products

OSP gross margin increased by 2.9% during fiscal 2020 to 53.3% from 50.4% in fiscal 2019. This increase was primarily 
due to operational efficiencies in manufacturing partially offset by unfavorable product mix from decreased revenue contribution 
from our Anti-Counterfeiting products.

OSP gross margin decreased by 2.4% during fiscal 2019 to 50.4% from 52.8% in fiscal 2018. This decrease was primarily 
due to an unfavorable product mix from the increasing revenue contribution from 3D Sensing products within our consumer and 
industrial product portfolio with inherently lower gross margins.

OSP operating margin increased 1.7% during fiscal 2020 to 35.6% from 33.9% in fiscal 2019. The increase in operating 
margin was primarily due to higher gross margins as discussed above offset by targeted investments in our operating expenses as 
we expand our 3D sensing products within our Consumer and Industrial product portfolio.

OSP operating margin decreased 2.0% during fiscal 2019 to 33.9% from 35.9% in fiscal 2018. The decrease in operating 
margin was primarily due to lower gross margins as discussed above and targeted investments in our operating expenses as we 
expand our 3D Sensing products within our consumer industrial product portfolio.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We believe that our existing cash balances and investments will be sufficient to meet our liquidity and capital spending 
requirements over the next twelve months. However, there are a number of factors that could positively or negatively impact our 
liquidity position, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

global economic conditions which affect demand for our products and services and impact the financial stability of our 
suppliers and customers;

impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our financial condition;

changes in accounts receivable, inventory or other operating assets and liabilities which affect our working capital;

increase in capital expenditure to support the revenue growth opportunity of our business;

changes in customer payment terms and patterns, which typically results in customers delaying payments or negotiating 
favorable payment terms to manage their own liquidity positions;

timing of payments to our suppliers;

factoring or sale of accounts receivable;

volatility in fixed income and credit market which impact the liquidity and valuation of our investment portfolios;

volatility in foreign exchange market which impacts our financial results;

possible investments or acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies;

issuance or repurchase of debt or equity securities, which may include open market purchases of our 2023 Notes and/
or 2024 Notes prior to their maturity or of our common stock;

potential funding of pension liabilities either voluntarily or as required by law or regulation; 

compliance with covenants and other terms and conditions related to our financing arrangements;

and the risks and uncertainties detailed in Item 1A “Risk Factors” section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Cash Investments

Our cash investments are made in accordance with an investment policy approved by the Audit Committee of our Board of 
Directors. In general, our investment policy requires that securities purchased be rated A-1/P-1, A/A2 or better. Our policy allows 
an allocation to securities rated A-2/P-2, BBB/Baa2 or better, so long as such allocation below A-1/P-1, A/A2 but minimum A-2/
P-2, BBB/Baa2 does not exceed 10% of any investment portfolio. Securities that are downgraded subsequent to purchase are 

42

Table of Contents

evaluated and may be sold or held at management’s discretion. No security may have an effective maturity that exceeds 37 months, 
and the average duration of our holdings may not exceed 18 months. At any time, no more than 5.0% or $5.0 million, whichever 
is greater, of each of our investment portfolios may be concentrated in a single issuer other than the U.S. or sovereign governments 
or  agencies.  Our  investments  in  debt  securities  and  marketable  equity  securities  are  primarily  classified  as  available-for-sale 
investments or trading assets and are recorded at fair value. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. 
Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments are recorded as other comprehensive (loss) income and are reported 
as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We did not hold any investments in auction rate securities, mortgage backed 
securities, collateralized debt obligations, or variable rate demand notes at June 27, 2020. As of June 27, 2020, U.S. subsidiaries 
owned approximately 53.8% of our cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and restricted cash. The recent COVID-19 
pandemic has caused disruption in global capital markets and over time may impact our ability to obtain credit and/or negotiate 
acceptable financing terms.

As of June 27, 2020, the majority of our cash investments have maturities of 90 days or less and are of high credit quality. 
Although we intend to hold these investments to maturity, in the event that we are required to sell any of these securities under 
adverse market conditions, losses could be recognized on such sales. During the years ended June 27, 2020, we have not realized 
material investment losses but can provide no assurance that the value or the liquidity of our investments will not be impacted by 
adverse conditions in the financial markets. In addition, we maintain cash balances in operating accounts that are with third party 
financial institutions. These balances in the U.S. may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance limits. 
While we monitor the cash balances in our operating accounts and adjust the cash balances as appropriate, these cash balances 
could be impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail.

Revolving Credit Facility

On May 5, 2020, we entered into a credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
(Wells Fargo) as administrative agent, and other lender related parties. The Credit Agreement provides for a $300 million senior 
secured  revolving  credit  facility,  which  matures  on March 1,  2023.  The  Credit Agreement  also  provides  that,  under  certain 
circumstances, we may incur term loans or increase the aggregate principal amount of revolving commitments by an aggregate 
amount of up to $200 million plus additional amounts so long as our secured net leverage ratio, determined on a pro forma basis 
does not exceed 1.50:1.00. The proceeds from the credit facility established under the Credit Agreement will be used for working 
capital and other general corporate purposes. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our 
assets.

Amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement accrue interest at a rate equal to either, at our election, LIBOR plus a 
margin of 1.75% to 2.50% per annum, or a specified base rate plus a margin of 0.75% to 1.50%, in each case, depending on our 
consolidated secured leverage ratio. We are required to pay commitment fee on the unutilized portion of the facility which ranges 
between 0.30% and 0.40% per annum depending on our consolidated secured leverage ratio. As of June 27, 2020, we had no 
amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. Refer to “Note 11. Debt” for more information.

During fiscal 2019, we fully repurchased and redeemed our 0.625% Senior Convertible Notes. Refer to “Note 11. Debt” for 

more information.

Year Ended June 27, 2020

As of June 27, 2020, our combined balance of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash increased by $17.0 million to 

$547.4 million from $530.4 million as of June 29, 2019.

Cash provided by operating activities was $135.6 million, consisted of net income of $28.7 million adjusted for non-cash or 
non-operating charges (e.g., depreciation, amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation, amortization of debt issuance 
cost and discount and net change in fair value of contingent liabilities), including changes in deferred tax balances which totaled 
$160.8 million, offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that used $53.9 million. Changes in our operating assets and 
liabilities related primarily to a decrease in accrued expenses and other current and non-current liabilities of $52.8 million comprised 
primarily of a decrease in customer deposit and net payments of lease liability and pension obligations, a decrease in accounts 
payable of $9.2 million driven by timing of purchases and related payments, a decrease in accrued payroll and related expenses
of $7.0 million due to timing of salary and related payments, and an increase in accounts receivable of $5.1 million primarily 
driven by higher volume of billing. This was partially offset by cash inflows from a decrease in other current and non-current 
assets of $10.6 million, an increase in deferred revenue of $5.9 million primarily due to the amortization of support agreements 
and the release of revenue upon customer acceptance, and a decrease in inventories of $3.7 million. 

Cash used in investing activities was $29.8 million, primarily related to $31.9 million of cash used for capital expenditures 

and $2.5 million cash used for acquisitions. This was partially offset by $4.6 million proceeds from sales of assets. 

43

Table of Contents

Cash used in financing activities was $71.7 million, primarily resulting from $44.4 million of cash used to repurchase common 
stock, $21.0 million in withholding tax payment on vesting of restricted stock awards, $6.8 million  of cash used to pay acquisition 
related holdback,  $2.7 million in payment of financing obligations, $1.6 million in issuance cost of the credit agreement, and $0.7 
million of cash used to pay acquisition related to contingent consideration. This was offset by $5.5 million in proceeds from the 
exercise of stock options and the issuance of common stock under our Amended and Restated 1998 Employee Stock Purchase 
Plan (the ESPP).

Year Ended June 29, 2019

As  of June 29,  2019, our  combined  balance  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash decreased by  $93.9 

million to $530.4 million from $624.3 million as of June 30, 2018. 

Cash provided by operating activities was $138.8 million, consisted of net income of $5.4 million adjusted for non-cash or 
non-operating charges (e.g., depreciation, amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation, amortization of debt issuance 
cost and discount, and discount and net change in fair value of contingent liabilities) which totaled $172.3 million, including 
changes in deferred tax balances, offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that used $38.9 million. Changes in our 
operating  assets  and  liabilities  related  primarily  to  a  decrease  in  accrued  expenses  and  other  current  and  non-current 
liabilities of $22.3 million primarily due to a decrease in customer deposit and other accrued liabilities, an increase in accounts 
receivable of $17.8  million primarily  driven  by  higher  volume  of  billing  and  timing  of  collections,  an  increase  in 
inventories of $15.4 million due to inventory build-up to support revenue growth for our Wireless, fiber and 3D sensing product 
offerings, and a decrease in deferred revenue of $3.1 million primarily due to a decrease in current deferred revenue. This was 
partially offset by cash inflows from an increase in accounts payable of $8.7 million driven by increased inventory purchases and 
timing of payments, an increase in accrued payroll and related expenses of $5.9 million due to timing of salary and bonus payments, 
and an increase in income taxes payable of $5.0 million.

Cash provided by investing activities was $80.6 million, primarily related to $167.2 million of net sales and maturities of 
available-for-sale debt securities and $5.4 million proceeds from sales of assets, offset by $47.0 million cash used for acquisitions 
and $45.0 million of cash used for capital expenditures.

Cash used in financing activities was $300.4 million, primarily resulting from $276.9 million used for repurchase of our 
2033 Notes, $11.2 million of cash used to repurchase common stock, $15.5 million in withholding tax payment on vesting of 
restricted stock awards and $2.2 million in payment of financing obligations and issuance costs of our 1.75% senior convertible 
Notes. This was offset by $5.4 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and the issuance of common stock under our 
Amended and Restated 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plane (the ESPP).

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations at June 27, 2020, and the effect such obligations are expected to have 

on our liquidity and cash flow over the next five years (in millions):

Asset retirement obligations—expected cash payments
Debt:

2023 1.75% senior convertible notes
2024 1% senior convertible notes
Short-term debt
Estimated interest payments

Purchase obligations (1)
Operating lease obligations (2)
Non-cancelable leaseback obligations (1)
Royalty payment
Pension and post-retirement benefit payments (2)

Total

Payments due by period

Total

Less than 
1 year

$

4.0

$

0.9

1 - 3 years
1.3
$

3 - 5 years
0.3
$

More than 
5 years

$

1.5

225.0
460.0
2.8
32.7
99.8
44.7
31.6
3.9
109.9
$ 1,014.4

$

—
—
2.8
9.5
87.9
12.8
2.8
0.7
8.6
126.0

$

225.0
—
—
18.6
11.8
16.2
5.3
1.7
12.7
292.6

$

—
460.0
—
4.6
0.1
8.2
4.8
1.2
12.0
491.2

$

—
—
—
—
—
7.5
18.7
0.3
76.6
104.6

(1)  Refer to “Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies” for more information. 

(2)  Refer to “Note 12. Leases” for more information. 

44

Table of Contents

(3)  Refer to “Note 17. Employee Pension and Other Benefit Plans” for more information. 

Purchase obligations represent legally-binding commitments to purchase inventory and other commitments made in the 
normal course of business to meet operational requirements. Of the $99.8 million of purchase obligations as of June 27, 2020, 
$40.9 million are related to inventory and the other $58.9 million are non-inventory items.

As of June 27, 2020, our other non-current liabilities primarily relate to asset retirement obligations, pension and financing 

obligations which are presented in various lines in the preceding table.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as such term is defined in rules promulgated by the SEC, that have or 
are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or 
expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.

Employee Defined Benefit Plans and Other Post-retirement Benefits

We sponsor significant qualified and non-qualified pension plans for certain past and present employees in the U.K. and 
Germany. We also are responsible for the non-pension post-retirement benefit obligation assumed from a past acquisition. Most 
of these plans have been closed to new participants and no additional service costs are being accrued, except for certain plans in 
Germany assumed in connection with an acquisition during fiscal 2010. 

The U.K. plan is partially funded and the other plans, which were initially established as “pay-as-you-go” plans, are unfunded. 
As of June 27, 2020, our pension plans were underfunded by $109.9 million since the PBO exceeded the fair value of plan assets. 
Similarly, we had a liability of $0.4 million related to our non-pension post-retirement benefit plan.

We anticipate future annual outlays related to the German plans will approximate estimated future benefit payments. These 
future  benefit  payments  have  been  estimated  based  on  the  same  actuarial  assumptions  used  to  measure  our  projected  benefit 
obligation and currently are forecasted to range between $4.9 million and $7.7 million per  annum. In addition, we expect to 
contribute approximately $1.8 million to the U.K. plan during fiscal 2021.

During fiscal 2020, we (amounts represented as £ and $ denote GBP and USD, respectively) contributed £0.5 million or 
approximately $0.6 million, while in fiscal 2019, we contributed £0.5 million or approximately $0.6 million to its U.K. pension 
plan. These contributions allowed us to comply with regulatory funding requirements.

A key actuarial assumption in calculating the net periodic cost and the PBO is the discount rate. Changes in the discount rate 
impact the interest cost component of the net periodic benefit cost calculation and PBO due to the fact that the PBO is calculated 
on a net present value basis. Decreases in the discount rate will generally increase pre-tax cost, recognized expense and the PBO. 
Increases in the discount rate tend to have the opposite effect. We estimate a 50-basis point decrease or increase in the discount 
rate would cause a corresponding increase or decrease, respectively, in the PBO of approximately $9.1 million based upon data 
as of June 27, 2020. 

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Foreign Exchange Risk

We use foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge foreign currency risk associated with foreign currency denominated 
monetary assets and liabilities, primarily certain short-term intercompany receivables and payables. Our foreign exchange forward 
contracts are accounted for as derivatives whereby the fair value of the contracts are reflected as other current assets or other 
current liabilities and the associated gains and losses are reflected in interest and other income, net in the Consolidated Statements 
of Operations. Our hedging programs reduce, but do not eliminate, the impact of currency exchange rate movements. The gains 
and losses on those derivatives are expected to be offset by re-measurement gains and losses on the foreign currency denominated 
monetary assets and liabilities.

45

Table of Contents

As of June 27, 2020, we had forward contracts that were effectively closed but not settled with the counterparties by year 
end. The fair value of these contracts of $2.2 million and $1.5 million is reflected as prepayments and other current assets and 
other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 27, 2020, respectively. 

The forward contracts outstanding and not effectively closed, with a term of less than 120 days, were transacted near year 
end; therefore, the fair value of the contracts is not significant. As of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, the notional amounts of 
the forward contracts that we held to purchase foreign currencies were $146.4 million and $117.8 million, respectively, and the 
notional amounts of forward contracts that we held to sell foreign currencies were $22.0 million and $31.3 million, respectively.

The  counterparties  to  these  hedging  transactions  are  creditworthy  multinational  banks.  The  risk  of  counterparty 
nonperformance associated with these contracts is not considered to be material. Notwithstanding our efforts to mitigate some 
foreign exchange risks, we do not hedge all of our foreign currency exposures, and there can be no assurances that our mitigating 
activities related to the exposures that we do hedge will adequately protect us against the risks associated with foreign currency 
fluctuations.

Investments

We maintain an investment portfolio in a variety of financial instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. government and 
agency securities, corporate obligations, money market funds, asset-backed securities, and other investment-grade securities. The 
majority of these investments pay a fixed rate of interest. The securities in the investment portfolio are subject to market price risk 
due to changes in interest rates, perceived issuer creditworthiness, marketability, and other factors. These investments are generally 
classified as available-for-sale and, consequently, are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value with unrealized 
gains or losses reported as a separate component of Other comprehensive (loss) income.

Investments in both fixed-rate and floating-rate interest earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. The fair 
market values of our fixed-rate securities decline if interest rates rise, while floating-rate securities may produce less income than 
expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may be less than expectations because of 
changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we sell securities that have experienced a decline in market value 
because of changes in interest rates. As of June 27, 2020, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates would 
not result in a material change in the fair value of our available-for-sale debt instruments held that are sensitive to changes in 
interest rates. 

We seek to mitigate the credit risk of our portfolio of fixed-income securities by holding only high-quality, investment-grade 
obligations with effective maturities of 37 months or less. We also seek to mitigate marketability risk by holding only highly liquid 
securities with active secondary or resale markets. However, the investments may decline in value or marketability due to changes 
in perceived credit quality or changes in market conditions.

Debt

The fair values of our 2023 and 2024 Notes are subject to interest rate and market price risk due to the convertible feature 
of the Notes and other factors. Generally, the fair value of fixed interest rate debt will increase as interest rates fall and decrease 
as interest rates rise. The fair value of the Notes may also increase as the market price of our stock rises and decrease as the market 
price of our stock falls. Changes in interest rates and our stock price affect the fair value of the Notes but does not impact our 
financial position, cash flows or results of operations. Based on quoted market prices, as of June 27, 2020, the fair value of the 
2023 Notes was $251.4 million and the fair value of the 2024 Notes was approximately $523.3 million. Refer to “Note 11. Debt” 
for more information.

46

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Viavi Solutions Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Viavi Solutions Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) 
as of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, of stockholders’ 
equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 27, 2020, including the related notes (collectively 
referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting 
as of June 27, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended June 27, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting 
as of June 27, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for 

leases as of June 30, 2019.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included 
in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express 
opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and 
the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement 
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. 
Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as 
well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial 
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits 
also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide 
a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide 

47

Table of Contents

reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or 
complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on 
the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition - Identifying and Evaluating Performance Obligations in Certain Customer Contracts in the Network 

Enablement and Service Enablement Reportable Segments 

As described in Notes 1 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company had $1,136.3 million of revenue for 
the year ended June 27, 2020 of which $746.7 million and $102.7 million related to the Network Enablement and Service Enablement 
segments,  respectively.  The  Company’s  revenue  recognition  is  determined  by  management  through  the  following  steps:  1) 
identification of the contract with a customer; 2) identification of the performance obligations in the contract; 3) determination of 
the transaction price; 4) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and 5) recognition of 
revenue  when  (or  as)  the  performance  obligations  are  satisfied.  Certain  of  the  Company’s  contracts  with  customers  include 
performance obligations consisting of a variety of products and services and may involve a significant level of integration and 
interdependency between performance obligations. Identifying and evaluating whether products and services are considered distinct 
performance obligations may require significant management judgment, particularly in the Network Enablement and Service 
Enablement reportable segments due to the nature of the products and service offerings.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to revenue recognition - identifying 
and  evaluating  performance  obligations  in  certain  customer  contracts  in  the  Network  Enablement  and  Service  Enablement 
reportable segments is a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management in identifying and evaluating performance 
obligations, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit 
evidence obtained related to whether such performance obligations were appropriately identified and evaluated by management.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall 
opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included, among others, (i) testing the effectiveness of internal 
controls relating to the revenue recognition process, including internal controls related to the identification and evaluation of 
performance  obligations  in  contracts  with  customers,  and  (ii)  testing,  on  a  sample  basis,  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of 
management’s identification and evaluation of performance obligations in certain customer contracts in the Network Enablement 
and Service Enablement reportable segments. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
August 24, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2005. 

48

Table of Contents

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share data)

Revenues:

Product revenue

Service revenue

Total net revenue

Cost of revenues:

Product cost of revenue

Service cost of revenue

Amortization of acquired technologies

Total cost of revenues

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Amortization of other intangibles

Restructuring and related charges

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest and other income, net

Interest expense

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of taxes

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per share from - basic:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per share from - diluted:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income (loss)

Shares used in per-share calculations:

Basic

Diluted

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

1,005.2

$

1,004.2

$

131.1

1,136.3

126.1

1,130.3

388.5

49.8

32.7

471.0

665.3

193.6

315.0

35.1

3.5

547.2

118.1

9.6
(33.7)
94.0

65.3

28.7

—

28.7

$

0.13

—

0.13

0.12

—

0.12

$

$

$

$

229.4

233.7

394.8

49.7

34.4

478.9

651.4

187.0

343.5

38.1

15.4

584.0

67.4

6.2
(34.3)
39.3

31.5

7.8
(2.4)
5.4

0.03
(0.01)
0.02

0.03
(0.01)
0.02

228.1

231.2

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

772.5

103.2

875.7

310.6

50.0

26.7

387.3

488.4

133.3

323.9

21.0

8.3

486.5

1.9

9.7
(47.3)
(35.7)
12.9
(48.6)
—
(48.6)

(0.21)
—
(0.21)

(0.21)
—
(0.21)

227.1

227.1

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

49

 
 
Table of Contents

Net income (loss)

Other comprehensive loss:

 VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in millions)

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

28.7

$

5.4

$

(48.6)

Net change in cumulative translation adjustment, net of tax

(28.6)

(27.0)

Net change in available-for-sale investments, net of tax:

Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period

   Less: reclassification adjustments included in net income

Net change in defined benefit obligation, net of tax:

Unrealized actuarial losses arising during period

Amortization of actuarial losses

Net change in accumulated other comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss

(0.1)
—

(5.4)
2.8
(31.3)
(2.6) $

0.3

0.5

(7.3)
1.8
(31.7)
(26.3) $

$

(8.5)

(0.6)
0.1

(2.8)
1.5
(10.3)
(58.9)

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

50

 
 
 
Table of Contents

 VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except share and par value data)

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments

Restricted cash

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories, net

Prepayments and other current assets

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Goodwill, net

Intangibles, net

Deferred income taxes

Other non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Accrued payroll and related expenses

Deferred revenue

Accrued expenses

Short-term debt

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Other non-current liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)

Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 1 million shares authorized, no shares issued or
outstanding at June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019.

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 1 billion shares authorized; 228 million shares at June 27,
2020 and 229 million shares at June 29, 2019, issued and outstanding

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated deficit

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$

539.0

$

521.5

1.5

3.5

235.5

83.3

50.8

913.6

172.5

381.4

148.1

105.4

55.3

1.5

3.5

237.7

102.7

49.9

916.8

179.9

381.1

211.6

108.4

17.3

$

$

1,776.3

$

1,815.1

$

53.0

51.4

54.6

22.6

2.8

48.4

232.8

600.9

231.2

63.4

58.7

55.3

34.2

—

72.4

284.0

578.8

226.5

—

0.2

70,274.3
(69,397.2)
(165.9)
711.4

—

0.2

70,244.7
(69,384.5)
(134.6)
725.8

$

1,776.3

$

1,815.1

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

51

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

28.7

$

5.4

$

(48.6)

Depreciation expense
Amortization of acquired technologies and other intangibles
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discount
Amortization of discount and premium on investments, net
Net change in fair value of contingent liabilities
Loss (Gain) on sales of investments
Loss on disposal of long-lived assets
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current and non-currents assets
Accounts payable
Income taxes payable
Deferred revenue, current and non-current
Deferred taxes, net
Accrued payroll and related expenses
Accrued expenses and other current and non-current liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of available-for-sale investments
Maturities of available-for-sale investments
Sales of available-for-sale investments
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
Capital expenditures
Proceeds from the sale of assets
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible debt

Payment of debt issuance costs

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

Payment of financing obligations

Redemption of convertible debt

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options and employee stock purchase plan

Withholding tax payment on vesting of restricted stock awards

Payment of acquisition related holdback

Payment of acquisition related contingent consideration

Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rates on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period (1)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period (2)
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

Cash paid for interest

Cash paid for income taxes

$

$

$

40.0
67.8
44.6
22.2
—
(31.5)
—
0.1
—
5.7

(5.1)
3.7
10.6
(9.2)
—
5.9
11.9
(7.0)
(52.8)
135.6

—
—
—
(2.5)
(31.9)
4.6
(29.8)

—

(1.6)

(44.4)

(2.7)

—

5.5

(21.0)

(6.8)

(0.7)

(71.7)

(17.1)

17.0

530.4

547.4

11.3

50.6

39.7
72.5
38.2
22.7
—
(5.9)
0.5
1.4
—
5.1

(17.8)
(15.4)
0.1
8.7
5.0
(3.1)
(1.9)
5.9
(22.3)
138.8

—
47.3
119.9
(47.0)
(45.0)
5.4
80.6

—

(0.5)

(11.2)

(1.7)

(276.9)

5.4

(15.5)

—

—

35.7
47.7
30.5
36.4
0.3
—
—
2.1
5.0
2.2

(53.2)
(5.5)
3.9
13.2
1.1
7.3
(6.8)
(3.0)
(2.3)
66.0

(382.9)
438.3
204.7
(509.9)
(42.5)
5.8
(286.5)

225.0

(1.7)

(40.8)

(1.3)

(353.3)

4.9

(13.3)

—

—

(300.4)

(180.5)

(12.9)

(93.9)

624.3

530.4

11.8

29.8

$

$

$

2.9

(398.1)

1,022.4

624.3

11.2

24.4

$

$

$

(1) These amounts include both current and non-current balances of restricted cash totaling $8.9 million, $12.9 million and $18.0 million as of June 29, 2019, 
June 30, 2018 and July 1, 2017, respectively.
(2) These amounts include both current and non-current balances of restricted cash totaling $8.4 million, $8.9 million and $12.9 million as of June 27, 2020, 
June 29, 2019 and June 30, 2018, respectively.

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

52

Table of Contents

 VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss)

Total

Balance at July 1, 2017

227.6

$

0.2

$ 70,184.4

$ (69,288.5) $

Net loss

Other Comprehensive loss

Shares issued under employee stock
plans, net of tax effects

Stock-based compensation

Repurchases of common stock

Issuance of senior convertible notes
Cumulative adjustment from adoption of 
ASU 2016-09 (Topic 718)

Reacquisition of 2033 Notes equity
component

—

—

3.5

—

(4.4)

—

—

—

Balance at June 30, 2018

226.7

$

Net income

Other comprehensive loss

Shares issued under employee stock
plans, net of tax effects

Stock-based compensation

Repurchase of common stock

—

—

3.2

—

(1.1)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(8.4)
30.5

—

34.6

0.6

(25.5)
$ 70,216.2

—

—

(10.1)

38.6

—

(48.6)
—

—

—
(40.9)
—

(0.6)

—

$ (69,378.6) $

5.4

—

—

—

(11.3)

Balance at June 29, 2019

228.8

$

0.2

$ 70,244.7

$ (69,384.5) $

Cumulative adjustment for adoption of
ASU 2016-02 (Topic 842)

Net income

Other comprehensive loss

Shares issued under employee stock
plans, net of tax effects

Stock-based compensation

Repurchase of common stock

—

—

—

3.2

—

(3.7)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(15.3)
44.9

—

3.0

28.7

—

—

—
(44.4)

Balance at June 27, 2020

228.3

$

0.2

$ 70,274.3

$ (69,397.2) $

(92.6) $
—
(10.3)

—

—

—

—

—

—
(102.9) $
—
(31.7)

—

—

—
(134.6) $

—
(31.3)

—

—

—
(165.9) $

803.5
(48.6)
(10.3)

(8.4)
30.5
(40.9)
34.6

—

(25.5)
734.9

5.4
(31.7)

(10.1)

38.6

(11.3)
725.8

3.0

28.7
(31.3)

(15.3)
44.9
(44.4)
711.4

The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

53

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Note 1. Basis of Presentation 

Description of Business

Viavi Solutions, Inc. (VIAVI, also referred to as the Company), is a global provider of network test, monitoring and assurance 
solutions to communications service providers, enterprises, network equipment manufacturers, civil government, military and 
avionics customers, supported by a worldwide channel community including VIAVI Velocity Partners. The Company’s Velocity 
program  (Velocity)  allows  the  Company  to  optimize  the  use  of  direct  or  partner  sales  depending  on  application  and  sales 
volume. Velocity expands the Company’s reach into new market segments as well as expands the Company’s capability to sell 
and deliver solutions. VIAVI delivers end-to-end visibility across physical, virtual and hybrid networks, enabling customers to 
optimize connectivity, quality of experience and profitability. VIAVI is also a leader in high performance thin film optical coatings, 
providing light management solutions to anti-counterfeiting, 3D sensing, electronics, automotive, defense and instrumentation 
markets.  

Fiscal Years

The Company utilizes a 52-53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to June 30th. The Company’s 2020, 2019 and 

2018 fiscal years were 52-week fiscal years ending on June 27, 2020, June 29, 2019 and June 30, 2018, respectively. 

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and include the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts 
and transactions have been eliminated.

Reclassification of Prior Period Balances

Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  prior  period  amounts  to  conform  to  the  current-year  presentation.  These 
reclassifications have no effect on the reported net income (loss) for the fiscal years ending on June 27, 2020, June 29, 2019 and 
June 30, 2018.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management 
to make estimates and assumptions that effect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, 
the reported amount of net revenues and expenses and the disclosure of commitments and contingencies during the reporting 
periods. Estimates are based on historical factors, current circumstances and the experience and judgment of management. Under 
changed conditions the Company’s reported financial positions or results of operations may be materially impacted when using 
different estimates and assumptions, particularly with respect to significant accounting policies. If estimates or assumptions differ 
from actual results, subsequent periods are adjusted to reflect more readily available information. Actual results may differ from 
these estimates due to the uncertainty around the magnitude, duration and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as other 
factors.

COVID-19

A novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) was first identified in Wuhan, China by the Chinese government in December 
2019,  and  subsequently  declared  an  international  pandemic  by  the  World  Health  Organization  (WHO)  in  March  2020.  The 
worldwide spread of the COVID-19 virus has resulted in a global slowdown of economic activity which is likely to decrease 
demand for a broad variety of goods and services, including from our customers, while also continuing to disrupt sales channels 
and marketing activities for an unknown period of time until the disease is contained. While, the Company expects this to have a 
negative impact to our sales and our results of operations, the Company is not aware of any specific event or circumstances that 
would require an update to the estimates or judgments or a revision of the carrying value of assets or liabilities as of the date of 
issuance of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These estimates may change, as new events occur and additional information 
becomes available. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates assumptions or conditions due to risks and uncertainties, 
including uncertainty in the current economic environment due to the COVID-19.

54

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The  Company  considers  highly  liquid  instruments  such  as  treasury  bills,  commercial  paper  and  other  money  market 
instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents also include 
certain term deposits with financial institutions that the Company can liquidate with 30 days’ advance notice without incurring 
penalties.

Restricted Cash

At June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, the Company’s short-term restricted cash balances were $3.5 million and $3.5 million, 
respectively. The Company’s long-term restricted cash balances, included in other non-current assets in the Company’s consolidated 
balance sheets, were $4.9 million and $5.4 million as of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, respectively. These balances primarily 
include interest-bearing investments in bank certificates of deposit and money market funds which act as collateral supporting the 
issuance  of  letters  of  credit  and  performance  bonds  for  the  benefit  of  third  parties.  Refer  to  “Note  18.  Commitments  and 
Contingencies” for more information.

Investments

The Company’s investments are primarily investments in debt securities, which are classified as available-for-sale investments 
or trading securities, recorded at fair value. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identified method. Unrealized gains 
and losses resulting from changes in fair value on available-for-sale investments, net of tax, are reported within accumulated other 
comprehensive (loss).

The Company periodically reviews these debt investments for impairment. If a debt security’s fair value is below amortized 
cost and the Company either intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the 
security before its anticipated recovery, the Company records an other-than-temporary impairment charge to current earnings for 
the entire amount of the impairment. If a debt security’s fair value is below amortized cost and the Company does not expect to 
recover the entire amortized cost of the security, the Company separates the other-than-temporary impairment into (i) the portion 
of the loss related to credit factors, or the credit loss portion, and (ii) the portion of the loss that is not related to credit factors, or 
the non-credit loss portion. The credit loss portion is the difference between the amortized cost of the security and the Company’s 
best estimate of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security. The non-credit loss portion is 
the residual amount of the other-than-temporary impairment. The credit loss portion is recorded as a charge to income (loss), and 
the non-credit loss portion is recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive (loss) income.

The Company’s short-term investments are classified as current assets, include certain securities with stated maturities of 

longer than twelve months, are highly liquid and available to support its current operations. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value, fair value is the price to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants as of the measurement date. When determining fair value, the Company considers the 
principle or most advantageous market in which it would transact, and the Company considers assumptions that market participants 
would use when pricing asset or liabilities. 

The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are:

•  Level 1: Quoted market prices for identical instruments in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

•  Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices 
in less active markets or model-derived valuations. All significant inputs used in the Company’s valuations, such as 
discounted cash flows, are observable or derived from or corroborated with observable market data for substantially the 
full term of the assets or liabilities.

•  Level 3: Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of 
assets or liabilities. Level 3 inputs and valuation models are monitored and reviewed by the Company to help ensure the 
fair value measurements are reasonable and consistent with market experience in similar asset classes.

Estimates of fair value of fixed-income securities are based on third party, market-based pricing sources which the Company 
believes to be reliable. These estimates represent the third parties’ good faith opinion as to what a buyer in the marketplace would 

55

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

pay for a security in a current sale. For instruments that are not actively traded, estimates may be based on current treasury yields 
adjusted by an estimated market credit spread for the specific instrument. The fair value of the Company’s 1.75% Senior Convertible 
Notes due 2023 and 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024 fluctuates with interest rates and with the market price of the 
Company’s stock, but does not affect the carrying value of the debt on the balance sheet. The fair value of earn-out liabilities are 
determined using a Monte Carlo Simulation that includes significant unobservable inputs such as the risk-adjusted discount rate, 
gross profit volatility, and projected financial forecast of acquired business over the earn-out period. 

Our other current financial assets and current financial liabilities have fair values that approximate their carrying values.

Inventories

The Company’s inventory is valued at standard cost, which approximates actual cost computed on a first-in, first-out basis, 
not in excess of net realizable value. On a quarterly basis, the Company assesses the value of its inventory and writes down those 
inventories determined to be obsolete or in excess of its forecasted usage to their market value. The Company’s estimates of 
realizable value are based upon management analysis and assumptions including, but not limited to, forecasted sales levels by 
product, expected product life cycle, product development plans and future demand requirements. The Company’s product line 
management  personnel  play  a  key  role  in  its  excess  review  process  by  providing  updated  sales  forecasts,  managing  product 
transitions and working with manufacturing to minimize excess inventory. Differences between actual market conditions and 
customer demand to the Company’s forecasts, may create favorable or unfavorable inventory positions, and may result in additional 
inventory write-downs or higher than expected income from operations. The Company’s inventory amounts include material, labor, 
and manufacturing overhead costs. 

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease or contains a lease at inception. Operating lease liabilities are recognized 
based on the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the discount rate for the lease at the commencement 
date. If the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable for our operating leases, the Company uses an incremental borrowing 
rate based on information available at the commencement date to determine the present value of future lease payments. The lease 
term is the non-cancelable period of the lease and includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain 
that an option will be exercised. Operating right-of-use (ROU) assets are recognized at commencement based on the amount of 
the  initial  measurement  of  the  lease  liability.  Operating  ROU  assets  also  include  any  lease  payments  made  prior  to  lease 
commencement and exclude lease incentives. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Operating ROU assets are included in other non-current assets and lease liabilities are included in other current liabilities 
and other non-current liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Lease and non-lease components for all leases are 
accounted for separately. The Company does not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases with a lease term of twelve 
months or less.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using a straight-
line method, over the estimated useful lives of the assets: building and improvements 10 to 50 years; machinery and equipment 2
to 20 years; and furniture, fixtures, software and office equipment 2 to 10 years. 

Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the asset 

or the initial lease term. 

Demonstration units are amortized on the straight-line method and are Company products used for demonstration purposes 
for existing and prospective customers. These assets are generally not intended to be sold and have an estimated useful life of 3
to 5 years. 

Costs related to software acquired, developed or modified solely to meet the Company’s internal requirements and for which 
there are no substantive plans to market are capitalized in accordance with the authoritative guidance on accounting for the costs 
of computer software developed or obtained for internal use. Only costs incurred after the preliminary planning stage of the project 
and after management has authorized and committed funds to the project are eligible for capitalization. Costs capitalized for 
computer software developed or obtained for internal use are included in Property, plant and equipment, net, on the Company’s 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.

56

Table of Contents

Goodwill

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid, over the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, 
to purchase an enterprise or asset. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually, during 
the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be 
impaired.  

The accounting guidance provides the Company with the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether 
further impairment testing is necessary. The qualitative assessment considers events and circumstances that might indicate that a 
reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carry amount. These events and circumstances include, macro-economic conditions, such 
as a significant adverse change in the Company’s operating environment, industry or market considerations; entity-specific events 
such as increasing costs, declining financial performance, or loss of key personnel; or other events, such as the sale of a reporting 
unit, adverse regulatory developments or a sustained decrease in the Company’s stock price.

If it is determined, as a result of the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting 

unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required.

Under the quantitative test, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that 
goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as impairment of goodwill. Measurement 
of the fair value of a reporting unit is based on one or more of the following fair value measures: using present value techniques 
of estimated future cash flows or using valuation techniques based on multiples of earnings or revenue, or a similar performance 
measure. Refer to “Note 9. Goodwill” for more information.

Intangible Assets

In connection with the Company’s acquisitions, the Company generally recognize assets for customer relationships, acquired 
developed  technologies,  patents,  proprietary  know-how,  trade  secrets,  in-process  research  and  development  (IPR&D)  and 
trademarks and trade names. Finite lived intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic 
useful lives of the assets, which is the period during which expected cash flows support the fair value of such intangible assets. 
Refer to “Note 10. Acquired Developed Technology and Other Intangibles” for more information.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including intangible assets and property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Such an evaluation 
is performed at the lowest identifiable level of cash flows independent of other assets. An impairment loss would be recognized 
when estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated from the assets are less than their carrying amount. Measurement of an 
impairment loss would be based on the excess of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group over its estimated fair value. 
Estimates of future cash flow require significant judgment based on anticipated future and operating results, which are subject to 
variability and change.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The funded status of the Company’s retirement-related benefit plans is recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The 
funded status is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation at fiscal year end, the 
measurement date. For defined benefit pension plans, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation (PBO) and for the 
non-pension postretirement benefit plan the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO). The 
PBO represents the actuarial present value of benefits expected to be paid upon its employee’s retirement. The APBO represents 
the actuarial present value of postretirement benefits attributed to employee services already rendered. Unfunded or partially funded 
plans, with the benefit obligation exceeding the fair value of plan assets, are aggregated and recorded as a retirement and non-
pension postretirement benefit obligation equal to this excess. The current portion of the retirement-related benefit obligation 
represents the actuarial present value of benefits payable in the next 12 months in excess of the fair value of plan assets, measured 
on a plan-by-plan basis. This liability is recorded in other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Net periodic pension cost is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and includes service cost, interest cost, 
expected return on plan assets, amortization of prior service cost (credit), and (gains) losses previously recognized as a component 
of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income. Service cost represents the actuarial present value of participant benefits 
attributed to services rendered by employees in the current year. Interest cost represents the time value of money cost associated 

57

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

with the passage of time. (Gains) losses arise as a result of differences between actual experience and assumptions or as a result 
of changes in actuarial assumptions. Prior service cost (credit) represents the cost of benefit improvements attributable to prior 
service granted in plan amendments. (Gains) losses and prior service cost (credit) not recognized as a component of net periodic 
pension cost in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as they arise are recognized as a component of accumulated other 
comprehensive (loss) income on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, net of tax. Those (gains) losses and prior service cost (credit) 
are subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost pursuant to the recognition and amortization provisions 
of the authoritative guidance.

The measurement of the benefit obligation and net periodic pension cost is based on the Company’s estimates and actuarial 
valuations provided by third-party actuaries and are approved by management. These valuations reflect the terms of the plans and 
use participant-specific information such as compensation, age and years of service, as well as certain assumptions, including 
estimates of discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rate of compensation increases and mortality rates. The Company 
evaluates these assumptions periodically but not less than annually. In estimating the expected return on plan assets, the Company 
considers historical returns on plan assets, diversification of plan investments, adjusted for forward-looking considerations, inflation 
assumptions and the impact of the active management of the plan’s invested assets.

The Company measures its benefit obligation and plan assets using the month-end date of June 30, which is closest to the 

Company’s fiscal year-end.

Concentration of Credit and Other Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash 
equivalents, short-term investments, restricted cash, trade receivables and foreign currency forward contracts. The Company’s 
cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments are held in safekeeping by large, creditworthy financial institutions. The 
Company invests its excess cash primarily in U.S. government and agency bonds securities, corporate securities, money market 
funds, asset-backed securities, other investment-grade securities and certificates of deposit. 

The Company has established guidelines relative to credit ratings, diversification and maturities that seek to maintain the 
safety and liquidity of these investments. The Company’s foreign exchange derivative instruments expose the Company to credit 
risk to the extent that the counterparties may be unable to meet the terms of the agreements. The Company seeks to mitigate such 
risk by limiting its counterparties to major financial institutions and by spreading such risk across several major financial institutions. 
Potential risk of loss with any one counterparty resulting from such risk is monitored by the Company on an ongoing basis.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers 
to make required payments. When the Company becomes aware that a specific customer is unable to meet its financial obligations, 
the Company records a specific allowance to reflect the level of credit risk in the customer’s outstanding receivable balance. In 
addition, the Company records additional allowances based on certain percentages of aged receivable balances. These percentages 
consider a variety of factors including, but not limited to, current economic trends, historical payment and bad debt write-off 
experience. The Company classifies bad debt expenses as selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expense.

The Company is not able to predict changes in the financial stability of its customers. Any material changes in the financial 
status of any one customer or a group of customers could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations 
and financial condition. Although such losses have been within management’s expectations to date, there can be no assurance that 
such  allowances  will  continue  to  be  adequate.  The  Company  has  significant  trade  receivables  concentrated  in  the 
telecommunications industry. While the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts balance is based on historical loss experience 
along with anticipated economic trends, unanticipated financial instability in the telecommunications industry could lead to higher 
than anticipated losses. 

As of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, no customer represented 10% or more of the Company’s total accounts receivable, 

net.

During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, one customer generated 10% or more of total net revenues. Refer to “Note 19. Operating 

Segments and Geographic Information” for more information.

The Company relies on a limited number of suppliers and contract manufacturers for a number of key components and sub-

assemblies contained in the Company’s products.

58

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The Company generally uses a rolling twelve-month forecast based on anticipated product orders, customer forecasts, product 
order history and backlog to determine its materials requirements for any one period. Lead times for the parts and components 
that the Company orders may vary significantly and depend on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand 
for a component at any given time. If the forecast does not meet actual demand, the Company may have surplus or dearth of some 
materials and components, as well as excess inventory purchase commitments. The Company could experience reduced or delayed 
product shipments or incur additional inventory write-downs and cancellation charges or penalties, which may result in increased 
costs and have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

The Company conducts its business and sells its products to customers primarily in North America, Europe, Asia and South 
America. In the normal course of business, the Company’s financial position is routinely subject to market risks associated with 
foreign currency rate fluctuations due to balance sheet positions in foreign currencies. The Company evaluates foreign exchange 
risks  and  utilizes  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  to  reduce  such  risks,  hedging  the  gains  or  losses  generated  by  the  re-
measurement of significant foreign currency denominated monetary assets  and liabilities. The fair value of these contracts is 
reflected as other current assets or liabilities and the change in fair value of these foreign currency forward contracts is recorded 
as gain or loss in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of interest and other income, net. The 
gain or loss from the change in fair value of these foreign currency forward contracts largely offsets the change in fair value of 
the foreign currency denominated monetary assets or liabilities, which is also recorded as a component of Interest and other income, 
net.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment, where that local currency is the 
functional currency, are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, with the resulting translation 
adjustments directly recorded as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
Income and expense accounts are translated at exchange rates from the prior month end, which are deemed to approximate the 
exchange rate when the income and expense is recognized. Gains and losses from re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities 
that are denominated in currencies other than the respective functional currencies are included in the Consolidated Statements of 
Operations as a component of Interest and other income, net.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue from a diverse portfolio of network solutions and optical technology products and services, 

as follows:

• 

• 

Products: Network Enablement (NE) and Service Enablement (SE) products include instruments, microprobes and perpetual 
software licenses that support the development, production, maintenance and optimization of network systems. NE and SE 
are collectively referred to as Network and Service Enablement (NSE). The Company’s Optical Security and Performance 
(OSP) products include proprietary pigments used for optical security and optical filters used in commercial and government 
3D Sensing applications.

Services: The Company also offers a range of product support and professional services designed to comprehensively address 
customer requirements. These include repair, calibration, extended warranty, software support, technical assistance, training 
and consulting services. Implementation services provided in conjunction with hardware or software solution projects include 
sale of the products along with project management, set-up and installation.

59

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Steps of revenue recognition

The Company accounts for revenue in accordance with the revenue standard, in which the following five steps are applied 

to recognize revenue:

1. 

2. 

Identify the contract with a customer: Generally, the Company considers customer purchase orders which, in some cases are 
governed by master sales or other purchase agreements, to be the customer contract. All of the following criteria must be 
met before the Company considers an agreement to qualify as a contract with a customer under the revenue standard: (i) it 
must be approved by all parties; (ii) each party’s rights regarding the goods and services to be transferred can be identified; 
(iii) the payment terms for the goods and services can be identified; (iv) the customer has the ability and intent to pay and 
collection of substantially all of the consideration is probable; and, (v) the agreement has commercial substance. The Company 
utilizes judgment to determine the customer’s ability and intent to pay, which is based upon various factors including the 
customer’s  historical  payment  experience  or  credit  and  financial  information  and  credit  risk  management  measures 
implemented by the Company.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract: The Company assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct 
for the purpose of identifying the various performance obligations in each contract. Promised goods and services are considered 
distinct provided that: (i) the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources 
that are readily available to the customer and (ii) the Company's promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is 
separately identifiable or distinct from other promises in the contract. The Company's performance obligations consist of a 
variety  of  products  and  services  offerings  which  include  networking  equipment;  proprietary  pigment,  optical  filters, 
proprietary software licenses; support and maintenance which includes hardware support that extends beyond the Company's 
standard warranties, software maintenance, installation, professional and implementation services, and training.

Identifying and evaluating whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations may require 
significant judgment particularly in NSE due to the nature of the product and service offerings. The Company may enter 
into contracts that involve a significant level of integration and interdependency between a software license and 
installation services. Judgment may be required to determine whether the software license is considered distinct in the 
context of the contract and accounted for separately, or not distinct in the context of the contract and accounted for 
together with the installation service.

3.  Determine the transaction price: Transaction price reflects the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to 
be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to the customer. The Company’s contracts may include terms that 
could cause variability in the transaction price including rebates, sales returns, market incentives and volume discounts. 
Variable consideration is generally accounted for at the portfolio level and estimated based on historical information. If a 
contract includes a variable amount, the price adjustments are estimated at contract inception. In both cases, estimates are 
updated at the end of each reporting period as additional information becomes available.

4. 

Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract: If the contract contains a single performance 
obligation, the entire transaction price is allocated to that performance obligation. Many of the Company’s contracts include 
multiple performance obligations with a combination of distinct products and services, maintenance and support, professional 
services and/or training. Contracts may also include rights or options to acquire future products and/or services, which are 
accounted for as separate performance obligations by the Company, only if the right or option provides the customer with a 
material right that it would not receive without entering into the contract. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, 
the Company allocates the total transaction value to each distinct performance obligation based on relative standalone selling 
price (SSP). Judgment is required to determine the SSP for each distinct performance obligation. The best evidence of SSP 
is the observable price of a good or service when the Company sells that good or service separately under similar circumstances 
to similar customers. If a directly observable price is not available, the SSP must be estimated based on multiple factors 
including,  but  not  limited  to,  historical  pricing  practices,  internal  costs,  and  profit  objectives  as  well  as  overall  market 
conditions.

60

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

5. 

Recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied: Revenue is recognized at the point in time control is 
transferred to the customer. For hardware sales, transfer of control to the customer typically occurs at the point the product 
is shipped or delivered to the customer’s designated location. For software license sales transfer of control to the customer 
typically occurs upon shipment, electronic delivery, or when the software is available for download by the customer. For 
sales of implementation service and solution contracts or in instances where software is sold along with essential installation 
services,  transfer  of  control  occurs  and  revenue  is  typically  recognized  upon  customer  acceptance.  In  certain  instances, 
acceptance is deemed to have occurred if all acceptance provisions lapse, or if the Company has evidence that all acceptance 
provisions will be, or have been, satisfied. For fixed-price support and extended warranty contracts, or certain software 
arrangements which provide customers with a right to access over a discrete period, control is deemed to transfer over time 
and revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term due to the stand-ready nature of the performance 
obligation. Revenue from hardware repairs and calibration services outside of an extended warranty or support contract is 
recognized at the time of completion of the related service. For other professional services or time-based labor contracts, 
revenue is recognized as the Company performs the services and the customers receive and/or consume the benefits.

Revenue policy and practical expedients

The following policy and practical expedient elections have been made by the Company under the revenue standard:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Revenue-based taxes as assessed by governmental authorities have been excluded from the measurement of transaction 
price(s).

Shipping and handling activities performed after the customer obtains control of the good are treated as activities to fulfill 
the promise (cost of fulfillment). Therefore, the Company does not evaluate whether the shipping and handling activities are 
promised services.

Incremental costs of obtaining contracts that would have been recognized within one year or less are recognized as an expense 
when incurred. These costs are included in SG&A expense. The costs of obtaining contracts where the amortization period 
for recognition of the expense is beyond a year are capitalized and recognized over the revenue recognition period of the 
original contract.

The portfolio approach is used for certain types of variable consideration for contracts with similar characteristics. The 
methodology is used when the effects on the financial statements of applying this guidance to the portfolio would not differ 
materially from applying this guidance to the individual contracts within that portfolio.

If at contract inception, the expected period between the transfer of promised goods or services and payment is within one 
year or less, the Company forgoes adjustment for the impact of significant financing component for the contract.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company's revenue is presented on a disaggregated basis on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and in “Note 
19. Operating Segments and Geographic Information”. This information includes revenue from reportable segments and a break-
out of products and services for which the nature and timing of the revenue as characterized above is generally at a point in time 
and over time, respectively.

Warranty

The Company provides reserves for the estimated costs of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. It estimates 
the costs of its warranty obligations based on its historical experience of known product failure rates, use of materials to repair or 
replace defective products, and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. In addition, from time to time, specific 
warranty accruals may be made if unforeseen technical problems arise.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company records costs related to shipping and handling of revenue in cost of sales for all periods presented.

Advertising Expense

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs totaled $3.7 million, $2.6 million and $2.6 million

in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

61

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Research and Development Expense

Costs  related  to  research  and  development  (R&D),  which  primarily  consists  of  labor  and  benefits,  supplies,  facilities, 
consulting and outside service fees, are charged to expense as incurred. The authoritative guidance allows for capitalization of 
software development costs incurred after a product’s technological feasibility has been established until the product is available 
for  general  release  to  the  public.  The  Company  believe  its  software  development  process  is  completed  concurrent  with  the 
establishment of technological feasibility. As such, software development costs have been expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. The Company recognizes 
stock-based compensation cost over the award’s requisite service period on a straight-line basis. No compensation cost is recognized 
for awards forfeited by employees who do not render requisite service. 

The fair value of restricted stock units (RSUs) and performance-based restricted stock units (PSUs) that do not contain a 
market condition, is equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The fair value of PSUs that 
contain  a  market  condition  (MSU)  is  estimated  using  the  Monte  Carlo  simulation  option-pricing  model.  MSUs  have  vesting 
requirements tied to either the performance of the Company’s stock as compared to the Nasdaq telecommunications index or the 
performance of the Company’s operating results, and could vest at a higher or lower rate, or not at all, based on relative performance 
described. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) purchase rights using 
the Black-Scholes Merton (BSM) option-pricing model. This option-pricing model requires the input of assumptions, including 
the award’s expected life and the price volatility of the underlying stock.

The Company does not apply expected forfeiture rate and accounts for forfeitures as they occur. The total fair value of the 
equity awards is recorded on a straight-line basis, over the requisite service period of the awards for each separate vesting period 
of the award, except for MSUs which are amortized based upon the graded vesting method.

Income Taxes

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on accounting for income taxes, the Company recognizes income taxes using 
an asset and liability approach. This approach requires the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and 
deferred tax liabilities and assets for future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements or tax returns. The measurement of current and deferred taxes is based on provisions of the enacted tax law 
and the effects of future changes in tax laws or rates are not anticipated.

The authoritative guidance provides for recognition of deferred tax assets if the realization of such deferred tax assets is more 
likely than not to occur based on an evaluation of both positive and negative evidence and the relative weight of the evidence. 
With the exception of certain international jurisdictions, the Company has determined that at this time it is more likely than not 
that deferred tax assets attributable to the remaining jurisdictions will not be realized, primarily due to uncertainties related to its 
ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards before they expire. Accordingly, the Company has established a valuation 
allowance for such deferred tax assets. If there is a change in the Company’s ability to realize its deferred tax assets for which a 
valuation allowance has been established, then its tax provision may decrease in the period in which it determines that realization 
is more likely than not. Likewise, if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that its deferred tax assets will be 
realized, then a valuation allowance may be established for such deferred tax assets and the Company’s tax provision may increase 
in the period in which the Company make the determination.

The  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes  prescribes  the  recognition  threshold  and 
measurement attributes for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a 
tax return. Additionally, it provides guidance on recognition, classification, and disclosure of tax positions. The Company is subject 
to income tax audits by the respective tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which it operates. The determination of tax liabilities 
in  each  of  these  jurisdictions  requires  the  interpretation  and  application  of  complex  and  sometimes  uncertain  tax  laws  and 
regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities based on its estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional tax liabilities 
are more likely than not. If the Company ultimately determines that the payment of such a liability is not necessary, then it reverses 
the liability and recognizes a tax benefit during the period it is determined no longer necessary.

The recognition and measurement of current taxes payable or refundable and deferred tax assets and liabilities requires that 
the Company make certain estimates and judgments. Changes to these estimates or a change in judgment may have a material 
impact on the Company’s tax provision in a future period.

62

Table of Contents

Restructuring Accrual

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

In accordance with authoritative guidance on accounting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities, generally costs 
associated with restructuring activities are recognized when they are incurred. A liability for post-employment benefits for workforce 
reductions related to restructuring activities is recorded when payment is probable, and the amount is reasonably estimable. The 
Company continually evaluates the adequacy of the remaining liabilities under its restructuring initiatives. Although the Company 
believes that these estimates accurately reflect the costs of its restructuring plans, actual results may differ, thereby requiring the 
Company to record additional liabilities or reverse a portion of existing liabilities.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to various potential loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. In determining a 
loss contingency, the Company considers the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well 
as its ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. An estimated loss is accrued when it is probable that an asset has been 
impaired, a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company regularly evaluates 
current information available to determine whether such accruals should be adjusted and whether new accruals are required. 

Contingent liabilities include contingent consideration in connection with the Company’s acquisitions, which represent earn-
out payments and is recognized at fair value on the acquisition date and is remeasured each reporting period with subsequent 
adjustments recognized in the SG&A expense of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Contingent consideration 
is valued using significant Level 3 inputs, that are not observable in the market pursuant to fair value measurement accounting. 
While the Company believes the estimates and assumptions are reasonable, there is significant judgment and uncertainty involved.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset Retirement Obligations (ARO) are legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets pertaining to 
leasehold improvements. These liabilities are initially recorded at fair value and the related asset retirement costs are capitalized 
by increasing the asset carrying value and ARO by the same amount. Asset retirement costs are subsequently depreciated over the 
useful lives of the related assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Company records period-to-period changes in the ARO 
liability resulting from the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original estimate of undiscounted 
cash flows. The Company derecognizes ARO liabilities when the related obligations are settled. As of June 27, 2020, and June 29, 
2019, the Consolidated Balance Sheets included ARO of $0.9 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in other current liabilities 
and $3.1 million and $3.2 million, respectively, in other non-current liabilities.

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Liabilities
Incurred

Liabilities
Settled

Accretion
Expense

Revisions to
Estimates

Balance at End
of Period

Year ended June 27, 2020
Year ended June 29, 2019

$
$

3.6
3.7

$
$

0.3
0.4

$
$

— $
(0.1) $

0.1
0.1

$
$

— $
(0.5) $

4.0
3.6

Note 2. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

In 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance on the financial reporting requirements for 
leasing arrangements, ASC 842 - Leases. ASC 842 requires lessees to recognize operating leases with a term greater than one year 
on their balance sheets as ROU assets and corresponding lease liabilities, measured at the present value of the lease payments. In 
the first quarter of fiscal 2020 the Company adopted this standard using the modified retrospective approach. The Company elected 
to apply the optional transition approach of not adjusting comparative period financial statements for the adoption impact. The 
Company also elected the package of practical expedients to not reassess whether a contract contains a lease, lease classification 
and accounting for initial direct costs. Adoption of the leasing standard resulted in $35.5 million of ROU assets and $37.0 million 
of lease liabilities on June 30, 2019. In addition, the Company recorded an adjustment to accumulated deficit, net of taxes, of $3.0 
million from the recognition of previously deferred profit under sale-leaseback arrangements and de-recognition of related real 
estate assets of $7.1 million and financing obligations of $10.1 million. The adoption of the new standard did not have a material 
impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Statements of Cash Flows. For additional information refer 
to “Note 12. Leases.”

63

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance that changes the accounting for recognizing impairments of financial assets. Under 
the new guidance, credit losses for certain types of financial instruments will be estimated based on expected losses. The new 
guidance also modifies the impairment models for available-for-sale debt securities and for purchased financial assets with credit 
deterioration since their origination. The guidance is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and earlier adoption 
is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

In August 2020, the FASB issued guidance which simplifies the accounting for financial instruments with characteristics of 
liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. The guidance allows for either 
full retrospective adoption or modified retrospective adoption. The guidance is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 
fiscal year 2023 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of adoption of this guidance will have on 
its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued guidance which simplifies the accounting for income taxes, eliminates certain exceptions 
within ASC 740, Income Taxes, and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistency among reporting 
entities. The guidance is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2022 and early adoption is permitted. The 
Company is evaluating the effects that the adoption of this guidance will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance to amend the disclosure requirements related to defined benefit pension and other 
post-retirement plans. Some of the changes include adding a disclosure requirement for significant gains and losses related to 
changes in the benefit obligation for the period, and removing the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected 
to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year. This guidance is effective for the Company 
in the first quarter of fiscal 2022 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this new 
accounting guidance on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note 3. Earnings Per Share 

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) for the period by the weighted average number 
of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) 
for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and potentially dilutive common stock outstanding 
during the period. The dilutive effect of outstanding ESPP purchase rights, RSUs, PSUs, MSUs and options is reflected in diluted 
net income (loss) per share by application of the treasury stock method. The calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share 
excludes all anti-dilutive common shares.

64

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in millions, except per share 

data):

Numerator:

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of taxes
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

Net income (loss)

Denominator:

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

Basic
Shares issuable assuming conversion of convertible notes (1)
Effect of dilutive securities from stock-based benefit plans
Diluted

Net income (loss) per share from - basic:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per share from - diluted:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net income (loss)

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

$

$

$

$

$

28.7
—
28.7

$

$

7.8
(2.4)
5.4

$

$

(48.6)
—
(48.6)

229.4

1.2

3.1
233.7

228.1

—

3.1
231.2

0.13

—

0.13

0.12

—

0.12

$

$

$

$

0.03
(0.01)
0.02

0.03
(0.01)
0.02

$

$

$

$

227.1

—

—
227.1

(0.21)
—
(0.21)

(0.21)
—
(0.21)

(1)  Represents the number of shares that would be issued if the Company’s Senior Convertible Notes had been converted. The par amount of the Company’s 
convertible notes is payable in cash equal to the principal amount of the notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest and the “in-the money” conversion 
benefit feature above the conversion price is payable in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of both, at the Company’s 
election.

The following table sets forth the weighted-average potentially dilutive securities excluded from the computation of the 

diluted net income (loss) per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in millions):

Stock options and ESPP

Full Value Awards

Total potentially dilutive securities

June 27, 2020 (4)

June 29, 2019 (2)(3)(4)

June 30, 2018 (1)(2)(3)(4)

Years Ended

—

0.2

0.2

0.1

0.4

0.5

1.6

7.3

8.9

(1)  As the Company incurred a net loss from continuing operations in the period, potential dilutive securities from employee stock options, ESPP, RSUs , 

PSUs and MSUs have been excluded from the diluted net loss per share computations as their effects were deemed anti-dilutive.

(2)  The Company’s 0.625% Senior Convertible Notes due 2033 are not included in the table above. The par amount of convertible notes is payable in 
cash equal to the principal amount of the notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest and then the “in-the-money” conversion benefit feature at the 
conversion price above $11.28 per share is payable in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of both at the Company’s 
election. In October 2018, the 2033 Notes were fully redeemed and any potential dilution effect of the Notes was realized upon the Company settling 
the “in-the-money” conversion benefit feature of the Notes with shares of common stock. Refer to “Note 11. Debt” for more details.

(3)  The Company’s 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024 are not included in the table above. The par amount of convertible notes is payable in cash 
equal to the principal amount of the notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest and then the “in-the-money” conversion benefit feature at the conversion 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

price above $13.22 per share is payable in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of both at the Company’s election. Refer 
to “Note 11. Debt” for more details.

(4)  The Company’s 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023 are not included in the table above. The par amount of convertible notes is payable in cash 
equal to the principal amount of the notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest and then the “in-the-money” conversion benefit feature at the conversion 
price above $13.94 per share is payable in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of both at the Company’s election. Refer 
to “Note 11. Debt” for more details.

Note 4. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

The Company’s accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income consists of the accumulated net unrealized gains and losses 
on available-for-sale investments, foreign currency translation adjustments and change in unrealized components of defined benefit 
obligations.

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income by component, net of tax, were as follows (in millions):

Unrealized gains 
(losses) 
on available-for-sale 
investments (1)

Foreign currency
translation
adjustments

Change in unrealized 
components of 
defined benefit 
obligations, net 
of tax (2)

Total

Beginning balance as of June 29, 2019

$

(5.0) $

(101.0) $

(28.6) $

(134.6)

Other comprehensive (loss) income
before reclassification

Amounts reclassified from accumulated
other comprehensive (loss) income

Net current period other comprehensive
(loss) income

Ending balance as of June 27, 2020

$

(0.1)

—

(0.1)
(5.1) $

(28.6)

—

(28.6)
(129.6) $

(5.4)

2.8

(2.6)
(31.2) $

(34.1)

2.8

(31.3)
(165.9)

(1)  Activity before reclassifications to the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the fiscal year ended June 27, 2020 primarily relates to unrealized 
loss from available-for-sale securities. The amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income represents the gross realized 
loss from available-for-sale securities included as “Interest and other income, net" in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended 
June 27, 2020. There was no tax impact for fiscal year 2020. 

(2)  Activity before reclassifications to the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the fiscal year ended June 27, 2020 relates to the unrealized 
actuarial loss of $5.7 million, net of income tax benefit of $0.3 million. The amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income 
represents the amortization of actuarial losses included as a component of SG&A in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended June 27, 
2020. Refer to “Note 17. Employee Pension and Other Benefit Plans” for more details on the computation of net periodic cost for pension plans.

Note 5. Acquisitions 

3Z Telecom, Inc. Acquisition

On May 31, 2019 (3Z Close Date), the Company acquired all of the equity of 3Z Telecom, Inc. (3Z) for approximately $23.2 
million in cash and contingent consideration (earn-out) liability of up to $7.0 million in cash based on the achievement of certain 
net revenue targets over approximately a two year period, subsequent to the 3Z Close Date. The $23.2 million cash consideration 
is subject to final cash and net working capital adjustments and includes escrow payments of $4.3 million, which are reserved for 
potential breaches of representations and warranties. The acquisition of 3Z expands the Company’s Field Instrument offerings.

The 3Z acquisition meets the definition of a business and has been accounted for in accordance with the authoritative guidance 
on business combinations; therefore, the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value 
on the acquisition date. Acquisition related costs incurred were not material. 

The fair value of consideration transferred for the 3Z acquisition consists of the following (in millions):

Cash consideration paid at closing
Escrow payments
Fair value of contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

  $

  $

66

18.9
4.3
5.5
28.7

 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The fair value of the earn-out payments at the 3Z Close Date was determined by applying a risk-neutral framework using a 
Monte Carlo Simulation, which includes inputs not observable in the market, and therefore represents a Level 3 measurement. 
The fair value of the Company’s earn-out liabilities is further discussed in “Note 8. Fair Value Measurements.”

The identified tangible and intangible assets acquired, as of the 3Z Close Date, were as follows (in millions): 

Tangible assets acquired:
Intangible assets acquired:
Developed technology
Customer relationships
Customer backlog

Goodwill
Total consideration transferred

  $

  $

4.1

4.4
7.9
0.1
12.2
28.7

The allocation of the purchase price to tangible assets, based on the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities 

assumed on the 3Z Close Date, was as follows (in millions):

Cash
Total other assets
Total liabilities
Net tangible assets acquired

  $

  $

2.2
3.6
(1.7)
4.1

Acquired intangible assets are classified as Level 3 assets for which fair value is derived from a valuation based on inputs 
that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. The fair values of acquired customer relationships and 
developed technology were determined based on the excess earnings method and relief from royalty method, respectively, variations 
of the income approach. The intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives, which range from five to six 
years. Customer backlog will be fully amortized within one year.

Goodwill arising from this acquisition is primarily attributed to sales of future products and services of 3Z. Goodwill has 

been assigned to the NE segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.

Results of operations of 3Z have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements subsequent to the date 
of acquisition. Proforma or historical post-acquisition results of operations have not been presented because the effect of the 
acquisition was not material to prior period financial statements.

RPC Photonics, Inc. Acquisition

On October 30, 2018 (RPC Close Date), the Company acquired all of the equity interest of RPC Photonics, Inc. (RPC) for 
approximately $33.4 million in cash and an additional earn-out of up to $53.0 million in cash based on the achievement of certain 
gross profit targets over approximately a four year period, subsequent to the RPC Close Date. The $33.4 million cash consideration 
includes  escrow  payments  of  $3.5  million,  which  are  reserved  for  potential  breaches  of  representations  and  warranties.   The 
acquisition of RPC expands the Company’s 3D Sensing offerings. The allocation of the purchase price was completed in the fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2019.

The RPC acquisition met the definition of a business and the acquisition has been accounted for in accordance with the 
authoritative guidance on business combinations; therefore, the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
were recorded at fair value on the acquisition date. Acquisition related costs incurred were not material.

The fair value of consideration transferred for the RPC acquisition consists of the following (in millions):

Cash consideration paid at closing
Escrow payments
Fair value of contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

  $

  $

67

29.9
3.5
36.2
69.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The fair value of the earn-out payments at the RPC Close Date was determined by applying a risk-neutral framework using 
a  Monte  Carlo  Simulation,  which  includes  inputs  that  are  not  observable  in  the  market,  and  therefore  represents  a  Level  3 
measurement. The fair value of this earn-out is discussed further in “Note 8. Fair Value Measurements”.

The identified tangible and intangible assets acquired, as of the RPC Close Date, were as follows (in millions):

Tangible assets acquired:
Intangible assets acquired:
Developed technology
Customer relationships
Customer backlog

Goodwill
Total consideration transferred

  $

  $

5.7

15.7
14.0
0.3
33.9
69.6

The allocation of the purchase price to tangible assets, based on the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities 

assumed on the RPC Close Date, was as follows (in millions):

Cash
Other current assets
Property and equipment
Total liabilities
Net tangible assets acquired

  $

  $

1.8
1.8
2.6
(0.5)
5.7

Acquired intangible assets are classified as Level 3 assets for which fair value is derived from a valuation based on inputs 
that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. The fair values of acquired customer relationships and 
developed technology were determined based on the excess earnings method and relief from royalty method, respectively, variations 
of the income approach. The intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives that range from six to seven 
years. Customer backlog will be fully amortized within one year. 

Goodwill arising from this acquisition is primarily attributed to sales of future products and services of RPC. Goodwill has 

been assigned to the OSP segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.

Results of operations of RPC have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements subsequent to the 
date of acquisition. Proforma or historical post-acquisition results of operations have not been presented because the effect of the 
acquisition was not material to prior period financial statements.

AvComm and Wireless Test and Measurement Acquisition

On March 15, 2018 (AW Close Date), the Company completed the acquisition of the AW Business of Cobham plc. (AW) 

for $466.8 million in cash. The acquired business has been integrated into the Company’s NE segment. 

The Company accounted for the transaction in accordance with the authoritative guidance on business combinations; therefore, 
the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value on the acquisition date. The allocation 
of the purchase price was completed in March 2019. 

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The identified intangible assets acquired, were as follows (in millions):

Tangible assets acquired:
Intangible assets acquired:
Developed technology
Customer relationships
Trade names
In-process research and development
Customer backlog

Goodwill
Total consideration transferred

The allocation of the purchase price was as follows (in millions):

Cash
Accounts receivable
Inventory
Property and equipment
Other assets
Accounts payable
Other liabilities
Deferred revenue
Deferred tax liabilities
Net tangible assets acquired

  $

  $

  $

  $

59.0

113.5
75.0
28.0
9.0
6.5
175.8
466.8

16.1
43.0
33.5
33.5
6.1
(10.9)
(28.4)
(10.2)
(23.7)
59.0

Acquired intangible assets are classified as Level 3 assets for which fair value is derived from valuation based on inputs that 
are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. The fair value of acquired developed technology, customer 
relationships, trade names, acquired IPR&D and order backlog was determined based on the income approach, discounted cash 
flow method. The intangible assets, except IPR&D, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives that range from three to 
six years. Order backlog was fully amortized within one year of the AW Close Date.

In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company recognized an IPR&D asset at fair value as of March 15, 2018. The 
IPR&D  is  accounted  for  as  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  until  project  completion  or  abandonment  of  the  research  and 
development projects. During the three months ended March 30, 2019, the IPR&D activities were completed and transferred to 
developed technology, with an estimated useful life of 6 years.

Goodwill arising from this acquisition is primarily attributed to sales of future products and services and the assembled 

workforce of AW. Goodwill has been assigned to the NE segment and is partially deductible for tax purposes.

Trilithic, Inc. Acquisition

On August  9,  2017  (Trilithic  Close  Date),  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of Trilithic  Inc.  (Trilithic)  for $56.4 

million in cash. The acquisition has been integrated into the Company’s NE segment. 

The Company accounted for the transaction in accordance with the authoritative guidance on business combinations; therefore, 
the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value on the acquisition date. The allocation 
of the purchase price was completed during the first quarter of fiscal 2019.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The identified intangible assets acquired, were as follows (in millions):

Net tangible assets acquired
Intangible assets acquired:
Developed technology
Customer relationships
Other
Goodwill
Total purchase price

The allocation of the purchase price was as follows (in millions):

Cash
Accounts receivable
Inventory
Property and equipment
Accounts payable
Other liabilities, net of other assets
Net tangible assets acquired

  $

  $

  $

  $

11.8

15.5
11.0
0.3
17.8
56.4

0.2
3.2
10.1
1.2
(1.7)
(1.2)
11.8

Acquired intangible assets are classified as Level 3 assets for which fair value is derived from valuation based on inputs that 
are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. The fair value of acquired developed technology, customer 
relationships, and  other  intangible  assets  was  determined  based  on  an  income  approach,  discounted  cash  flow  method.  The 
intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives that range from three to five years for the acquired developed 
technology and customer relationships. 

Goodwill arising from this acquisition is primarily attributed to sales of future products and services and the assembled 

workforce of Trilithic. Goodwill has been assigned to the NE segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.

Trilithic’s results of operations have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements subsequent to the 

date of acquisition.

Other Acquisitions:

During the twelve months ended June 27, 2020, the Company completed a business acquisition for total consideration of 
approximately $10.7 million, of which $5.2 million cash was paid at close and $5.5 million in payments to be made based on the 
occurrence of future events.  The fair value of earn-out liabilities is discussed further in “Note 8. Fair Value Measurements”.

In connection with this acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $6.2 million of developed technology and customer 
relationships and $1.4 million of deferred tax liability resulting from the acquisitions. The acquired developed technology and 
customer relationship assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of six years.

During the twelve months ended June 29, 2019, the Company completed various asset acquisitions for total consideration 
of approximately $7.7 million, of which $5.1 million cash was paid at close and $2.6 million in payments to be made based on 
the occurrence of future events.  The fair value of earn-out liabilities is discussed further in “Note 8. Fair Value Measurements”.

These acquisitions were accounted for as asset acquisitions, as substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired 
is concentrated in a single identifiable asset. In connection with these acquisitions, the Company recorded approximately $7.6 
million of developed technology and $2.4 million of deferred tax liability resulting from these acquisitions. The acquired developed 
technology assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives which range from five to ten years.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Note 6. Balance Sheet and Other Details 

Contract Balances

Unbilled Receivables: The Company records a receivable when an unconditional right to consideration exists and transfer 
of control has occurred, such that only the passage of time is required before payment of consideration is due. Timing of revenue 
recognition may differ from the timing of customer invoicing. Payment terms vary based on product or service offerings and 
payment is generally required within 30 to 90 days from date of invoicing. Certain performance obligations may require payment 
before delivery of the service to the customer.

Contract assets: A Contract Asset is recognized when a conditional right to consideration exists and transfer of control 
has occurred. Contract Assets include fixed fee professional services, where the transfer of services has occurred in advance of 
the Company's right to invoice. Contract Assets, included in accounts receivable, net, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are 
not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Contract Asset balances will fluctuate based upon the timing of transfer 
of services, billings and customers’ acceptance of contractual milestones.

Gross receivables include both billed and Unbilled Receivables/Contract Assets. As of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, 
the Company had total unbilled receivables (Unbilled Receivables/Contract Assets) of $3.8 million and $11.5 million, respectively

Deferred  revenue:  Deferred  revenue  consists  of  contract  liabilities  primarily  related  to  support,  solution  deployment 
services, software maintenance, product, professional services, and training when the Company has a right to invoice or payments 
have been received and transfer of control has not occurred. Revenue is recognized on these items when the revenue recognition 
criteria are met, generally resulting in ratable recognition over the contract term. Contract liabilities are included in other current 
liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

The  Company  also  has  short-term  and  long-term  deferred  revenues  related  to  undelivered  hardware  and  professional 
services, consisting of installations and consulting engagements, which are recognized as the Company's performance obligations 
under the contract are completed and accepted by the customer.

The following tables summarize the activity related to deferred revenue, for the year ended June 27, 2020 (in millions):

Deferred revenue:

Balance at beginning of period
Revenue deferrals for new contracts (1)
Revenue recognized during the period (2) 
Balance at end of period

Short-term deferred revenue

Long-term deferred revenue

June 27, 2020

68.5

107.5
(101.4)
74.6

54.6

20.0

$

$

$

$

(1) 
(2) 

Included in these amounts is the impact from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
Revenue recognized during the period represents releases from the balance at the beginning of the period as well as releases from the following 
period quarter-end deferrals.

Remaining performance obligations: Remaining performance obligations represent the aggregate amount of the transaction 
price  allocated  to  performance  obligations  not  delivered  or  are  incomplete,  as  of  June 27,  2020.  Remaining  performance 
obligations include deferred revenue plus unbilled amounts not yet recorded. The aggregate amount of the transaction price 
allocated to remaining performance obligations does not include amounts owed under cancelable contracts where there is no 
substantive termination penalty.

Remaining  performance  obligation  estimates  are  subject  to  change  and  are  affected  by  several  factors,  including 
terminations, changes in the scope of contracts, periodic revalidation, adjustments for revenue that has not materialized, and 
adjustments for currency.

71

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The value of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations as of June 27, 2020, was $204.6 million. 
The Company expects to recognize 87% of remaining performance obligations as revenue within the next 12 months, and the 
remainder thereafter.

Accounts Receivable Allowances

The table below presents the activities and balances for allowance for doubtful accounts, as follows (in millions):

Year Ended June 27, 2020

Year Ended June 29, 2019

Year Ended June 30, 2018

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Acquisitions
(1)

Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

Deduction
(2)

Balance at 
End of 
Period

$

2.0

2.4

1.6

$

— $

2.0

$

—

0.7

1.4
(0.4)

(1.0) $
(1.8)
0.5

3.0

2.0

2.4

(1)  See “Note 5. Acquisitions” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for detail of acquisition.
(2)  Represents the effect of currency translation adjustments and write-offs of uncollectible accounts, net of recoveries.

Inventories, Net

The following table presents the components of inventories, net, as follows (in millions):

Finished goods

Work in process

Raw materials

Inventories, net

Prepayments and Other Current Assets

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$

$

30.0

22.5

30.8

83.3

$

$

36.7

26.5

39.5

102.7

The following table presents the components of prepayments and other current assets, as follows (in millions):

Prepayments

Assets held for sale

Advances to contract manufacturers

Refundable income taxes

Transaction tax receivables

Other current assets

Prepayments and other current assets

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$

10.9

$

2.5

7.3

10.8

10.6

8.7

$

50.8

$

14.2

2.5

5.1

8.9

11.8

7.4

49.9

72

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

The following table presents the components of property, plant and equipment, net, as follows (in millions):

Land

Buildings and improvements

Machinery and equipment

Furniture, fixtures, software and office equipment

Leasehold improvements

Construction in progress

Property, plant and equipment, gross

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property, plant and equipment, net

Other current liabilities

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$

$

$

16.8

22.9

298.5

74.3

66.8

15.6

494.9
(322.4)
172.5

$

20.8

36.9

280.0

103.5

56.8

31.1

529.1
(349.2)
179.9

The following table presents the components of other current liabilities, as follows (in millions):

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Customer prepayments

Restructuring accrual

Income tax payable

Warranty accrual

Transaction tax payable

Operating lease liabilities (Note 12)

Foreign exchange forward contracts liability

Other

Other current liabilities

Other Non-current Liabilities

$

30.2

$

0.5

6.5

10.7

4.6

3.2

11.7

1.5

9.7

$

48.4

$

8.6

8.5

4.7

3.8

—

4.0

12.6

72.4

The following table presents the components of other non-current liabilities, as follows (in millions):

Pension and post-employment benefits

Deferred tax liability

Financing obligation
Fair value of contingent consideration (1)
Long-term deferred revenue

Operating lease liabilities (Note 12)

Uncertain tax position

Other

Other non-current liabilities

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$

102.7

$

103.2

23.9

16.2

9.4

20.0

28.1

11.6

19.3

14.6

25.5

37.7

13.2

—

13.6

18.7

$

231.2

$

226.5

(1)  See “Note 5. Acquisitions” and “Note 7. Investments and Forward Contracts” of the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements 

for more detail.

73

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Interest Income and Other Income, net

The following table presents the components of interest income and other income, net, as follows (in millions):

Interest income

Foreign exchange gains (loss), net

Loss on extinguishment of debt (1)

Other income, net

Loss on sale of investments

Interest income and other income, net

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

$

7.1

2.1

—

0.5
(0.1)
9.6

$

$

8.1
(2.9)
—

1.5
(0.5)
6.2

$

$

16.0
(1.3)
(5.0)
0.1
(0.1)
9.7

(1) 

In connection with the debt extinguishment, a loss of $5.0 million was recognized in fiscal 2018. Refer to “Note 11. Debt” for more information.

Note 7. Investments and Forward Contracts

Available-For-Sale Investments

The following table presents the Company’s available-for-sale securities as of June 27, 2020 (in millions):

Available-for-sale debt securities:

Asset-backed securities

Total available-for-sale debt securities

Amortized Cost/
Carrying Cost

Gross Unrealized 
Gains

Gross Unrealized 
Losses

Estimated 
Fair Value

$

$

0.9

0.9

$

$

— $

— $

(0.4) $
(0.4) $

0.5

0.5

The Company generally classifies debt securities as available-for-sale and as cash equivalents, short-term investments, or 
other non-current assets based on the stated maturities; however, certain securities with stated maturities of longer than twelve
months, which are highly liquid and available to support current operations are also classified as short-term investments. As of 
June 27, 2020, the total estimated fair value of $0.5 million was classified as other non-current assets.

In addition to the amounts presented above, the Company’s short-term investments classified as trading securities related to 
the deferred compensation plan as of June 27, 2020, were $1.4 million, of which $0.3 million was invested in debt securities, $0.2 
million was invested in money market instruments and funds and $0.9 million was invested in equity securities. Trading securities 
are reported at fair value, with the unrealized gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value recognized in the Company’s 
Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of interest and other income, net.

During the fiscal years ended June 27, 2020, June 29, 2019 and June 30, 2018, respectively, the Company recorded no other-

than-temporary impairment charges in each respective period.

As of June 27, 2020, the Company’s total gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, aggregated by type of 

investment instrument, are as follows (in millions):

Asset-backed securities

Total gross unrealized losses

Less than 12
Months

Greater than 12
Months

Total

$

$

— $

— $

(0.4) $
(0.4) $

(0.4)
(0.4)

74

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

As of June 27, 2020, the Company’s debt securities classified as available-for-sale securities with contractual maturities are 

as follows (in millions): 

Amounts maturing in more than 5 years

Total debt available-for-sale securities

Amortized Cost/
Carrying Cost

Estimated
Fair Value

$

$

0.9

0.9

$

$

As of June 29, 2019, the Company’s available-for-sale securities are as follows (in millions):

Available-for-sale securities:

Asset-backed securities

Total available-for-sale securities

Amortized Cost/
Carrying Cost

Gross Unrealized
Gains

Gross Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair Value

$

$

0.9

0.9

$

$

— $

— $

(0.3) $
(0.3) $

0.5

0.5

0.6

0.6

As of June 29, 2019, the estimated fair value of $0.6 million was classified as other non-current assets.

In addition to the amounts presented above, as of June 29, 2019, the Company’s short-term investments classified as trading 
securities, related to the deferred compensation plan, were $1.5 million, of which $0.4 million was invested in debt securities, $0.3 
million was invested in money market instruments and funds and $0.8 million was invested in equity securities. Trading securities 
are reported at fair value, with the unrealized gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value recognized in the Company’s 
Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of interest and other income, net.

As of June 29, 2019, the Company’s total gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, aggregated by investment 

type, are as follows (in millions):

Asset-backed securities

Total gross unrealized losses

Non-Designated Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

Less than 12
Months

Greater than
12 Months

Total

$

$

— $

— $

(0.3) $
(0.3) $

(0.3)
(0.3)

The Company has foreign subsidiaries that operate and sell the Company’s products in various markets around the world. 
As a result, the Company is exposed to foreign exchange risks. The Company utilizes foreign exchange forward contracts to 
manage foreign currency risk associated with foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities, primarily certain short-
term intercompany receivables and payables, and to reduce the volatility of earnings and cash flows related to foreign-currency 
transactions. The Company does not use these foreign currency forward contracts for trading purposes.

As of June 27, 2020, the Company had forward contracts that were effectively closed but not settled with the counterparties 
by year end. Therefore, the fair value of these contracts of $2.2 million and $1.5 million is reflected as prepayments and other 
current assets and other current liabilities, respectively. As of June 29, 2019, the fair value of these contracts of $1.2 million and $4.0 
million is reflected as prepayments and other current assets and other current liabilities, respectively.

The forward contracts outstanding and not effectively closed, with a term of less than 120 days, were transacted near year 
end; therefore, the fair value of the contracts is not significant. As of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, the notional amounts of 
the forward contracts that Company held to purchase foreign currencies were $146.4 million and $117.8 million, respectively, and 
the notional amounts of forward contracts that Company held to sell foreign currencies were $22.0 million and $31.3 million, 
respectively.

The  change  in  the  fair  value  of  these  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  is  recorded  as  gain  or  loss  in  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of interest and other income, net. The cash flows related to the settlement 
of foreign currency forward contracts are classified as operating activities. The foreign exchange forward contracts incurred loss 
of $0.8 million and $6.9 million for the years ended June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, respectively.

75

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Note 8. Fair Value Measurements 

Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value for the periods presented are as follows (in millions):

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Assets:

Debt available-for-sale securities:

Asset-backed securities

Total debt available-for-sale securities

Money market funds

Trading securities
Foreign currency forward contracts (1)
Total assets (2)

$

0.5

0.5

$ — $

—

334.6

334.6

1.4

2.2

1.4

—

$ 338.7

$ 336.0

$

Liability:

Foreign currency forward contracts (3)
Contingent consideration (4)
Total liabilities

$

$

1.5

9.9

$ — $

—

11.4

$ — $

0.5

0.5

—

—

2.2

2.7

1.5

—

1.5

$ — $

—

—

—

—

0.6

0.6

$ — $

—

322.9

322.9

1.5

1.2

1.5

—

$ — $ 326.2

$ 324.4

$

0.6

0.6

—

—

1.2

1.8

$ —

—

—

—

—

$ —

$ — $

4.0

$ — $

9.9

9.9

38.4

42.4

$

$

—

$ — $

4.0

—

4.0

$ —

38.4

38.4

$

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

$2.2 million and $1.2 million in prepayments and other current assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 
2019, respectively.
Includes as of June 27, 2020, $327.2 million in cash and cash equivalents, $1.4 million in short-term investments, $3.4 million in restricted cash, $2.2 
million in prepayments and other current assets, and $4.5 million in other non-current assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Includes 
as of June 29, 2019, $315.5 million in cash and cash equivalents, $1.5 million in short-term investments, $3.5 million in restricted cash, $1.2 million
in prepayments and other current assets and $4.5 million in other non-current assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
Includes $1.5 million and $4.0 million in other current liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 
2019, respectively.
Includes $9.4 million and $37.7 million in other non-current liabilities and $0.5 million and $0.7 million in other current liabilities as of June 27, 2020
and June 29, 2019, respectively. 

The Company’s Level 3 liabilities as of June 27, 2020, consist of contingent purchase consideration. The Company has 
aggregate contingent liabilities related to its business and asset acquisitions completed during fiscal 2020 and 2019. As of June 27, 
2020 and June 29, 2019, the aggregate fair value of contingent consideration was $9.9 million and $38.4 million, respectively. The 
fair value of earn-out liabilities were determined using a Monte Carlo Simulation that includes significant unobservable inputs 
such as the risk-adjusted discount rate, gross profit volatility, and projected financial forecast of acquired business over the earn-
out period. The fair value of contingent consideration liabilities is remeasured at each reporting period at the estimated fair value 
based on the inputs on the date of remeasurement, with the change in fair value recognized in the Selling, General and Administrative 
expense of the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 liabilities for the year ended 

June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, as follows (in millions):

Balance: June 30, 2018

  Additions to Contingent Consideration

  Change in Fair Value measurement

Balance: June 29, 2019

  Additions to Contingent Consideration

  Change in Fair Value measurement

  Payments of Contingent Consideration

Balance June 27, 2020

RPC

Other (1)

Total

— $

— $

$

36.2
(5.9)
30.3

—
(29.6)
(0.7)

$

8.1

—

8.1

3.7
(1.9)
—

— $

9.9

$

—

44.3
(5.9)
38.4

3.7
(31.5)
(0.7)
9.9

$

$

$

(1)  See Note 5. Acquisitions and of the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for more detail.

In connection with the acquisition of RPC, the Company agreed to pay RPC’s Securityholders up to $53.0 million over the 
subsequent 4-year period based on subsequent achievement of gross profit targets agreed upon at the time of close. The fair value 
of earn-out payments at the date of acquisition was $36.2 million. 

As of June 27, 2020, the fair value of RPC related earn-out liability was remeasured to $0 million. The decrease in fair value 
of the earn-out liability of $29.6 million in fiscal 2020 was primarily due to the lower-than-expected rate of adoption by Android 
customers, which was further compounded by the macroeconomic impact of COVID-19. During fiscal 2020, the Company made 
a earn-out payment to RPC’s Securityholders in the amount of $0.7 million. As of June 29, 2019, the fair value was remeasured 
to $30.3 million.  The decrease in fair value of the earn-out liability of $5.9 million in fiscal 2019 was primarily due to revised 
projected forecast of RPC, primarily driven by rate of adoption assumptions.

Note 9. Goodwill 

Changes in the carry value of goodwill allocated segment are as follows (in millions):

Balance as of June 30, 2018 (1)

Acquisitions (2)

Other
Currency translation and other adjustments

Balance as of June 29, 2019 (3)

Acquisitions (2)

Currency translation and other adjustments

Balance as of June 27, 2020 (4)

$

$

$

Network
Enablement

Service
Enablement

Optical Security
and Performance
Products

Total

328.0

$

— $

8.3

$

12.2

3.7
(5.0)
338.9

—
(4.0)
334.9

$

$

—

—
—

— $

4.3

—

4.3

$

33.9

—
—

42.2

$

—

— $

42.2

$

336.3

46.1

3.7
(5.0)
381.1

4.3
(4.0)
381.4

(1)  Gross goodwill balances for NE, SE and OSP were $629.9 million, $272.6 million and $92.8 million, respectively as of June 30, 2018. Accumulated 

impairment for NE, SE and OSP was $301.9 million, $272.6 million and $84.5 million, respectively as of June 30, 2018.

(2) 

See “Note 5. Acquisitions” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement for additional information related to the Company’s acquisitions.

(3)  Gross goodwill balances for NE, SE and OSP were $640.8 million, $272.6 million and $126.7 million, respectively as of June 29, 2019. Accumulated 

impairment for NE, SE and OSP was $301.9 million, $272.6 million and $84.5 million, respectively as of June 29, 2019.

(4)  Gross goodwill balances for NE, SE and OSP were $636.8 million, $276.9 million and $126.7 million, respectively as of June 27, 2020. Accumulated 

impairment for NE, SE and OSP was $301.9 million, $272.6 million and $84.5 million, respectively as of June 27, 2020.

77

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Impairment of Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill at the reporting unit level for impairment annually, during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, 
or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. The Company determined that, based on its 
organizational structure and the financial information that is provided to and reviewed by the Company’s Chief Operating Decision 
Maker (CODM) during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 and its reporting units were NE, SE and OSP.

No indications of impairment were identified for fiscal years ending on June 27, 2020, June 29, 2019 and June 30, 2018.

Note 10. Acquired Developed Technology and Other Intangibles 

The following tables present details of the Company’s acquired developed technology, customer relationships and other 

intangibles as of June 27, 2020, and June 29, 2019, (in millions):

As of June 27, 2020

Acquired developed technology

Customer relationships

Other (1)

Total intangibles

As of June 29, 2019

Acquired developed technology

Customer relationships

Other (1)

Total intangibles

Weighted-Average
Remaining Useful Life
3.7 years

2.6 years

2.0 years

Weighted-Average
Remaining Useful Life
4.7 years

3.1 years

3.3 years

$

$

$

$

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net

437.1

$

194.7

35.7

667.5

$

(341.6) $
(154.1)
(23.7)
(519.4) $

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net

437.0

$

193.7

36.1

666.8

$

(311.1) $
(126.3)
(17.8)
(455.2) $

95.5

40.6

12.0

148.1

125.9

67.4

18.3

211.6

(1)  Other intangibles consist of customer backlog, non-competition agreements, patents, proprietary know-how and trade secrets, trademarks and trade 

names.

In connection with the AW acquisition, the Company recorded an IPR&D asset, at its fair value and subsequently accounts 
for it as an indefinite-lived asset until completion or abandonment of the associated research and development projects. During 
the third quarter of fiscal 2019 the IPR&D activities were completed and transferred to developed technology, with an estimated 
useful life of 6 years. Refer to “Note 5. Acquisitions” for more information related to acquisitions.

During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded $67.8 million, $72.5 million and $47.7 million, respectively, of 
amortization related to acquired developed technology and other intangibles. The following table presents details of the Company’s 
amortization (in millions):

Cost of revenues

Operating expense

Total

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

$

32.7

35.1

67.8

$

$

34.4

38.1

72.5

$

$

26.7

21.0

47.7

78

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Based on the carrying amount of acquired developed technology, customer relationships and other intangibles as of June 27, 

2020, and assuming no future impairment of the underlying assets, the estimated future amortization is as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Years

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Thereafter

Total amortization

Note 11. Debt 

$

$

63.9

37.8

24.1

10.2

6.6

5.5

148.1

As of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, the Company’s long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets represented the 
carrying amount of the liability component, net of unamortized debt discounts and issuance cost, of the Senior Convertible Notes 
as discussed below. The following table presents the carrying amounts of the liability and equity components (in millions):

Principal amount of 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes

Principal amount of 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes

Unamortized discount of Senior Convertible Notes liability component

Unamortized Senior Convertible Notes debt issuance cost

Carrying amount of Senior Convertible Notes liability component

Carrying amount of Senior Convertible Notes equity component (1)

(1) 

Included in additional paid-in-capital on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Revolving Credit Facility

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$

$

$

460.0

$

225.0
(79.1)
(5.0)
600.9

136.8

$

$

460.0

225.0
(99.8)
(6.4)
578.8

136.8

On May 5, 2020, we entered into a credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
(Wells Fargo) as administrative agent, and other lender related parties. The Credit Agreement provides for a $300 million senior 
secured  revolving  credit  facility,  which  matures  on March 1,  2023.  The  Credit Agreement  also  provides  that,  under  certain 
circumstances, we may incur term loans or increase the aggregate principal amount of revolving commitments by an aggregate 
amount of up to $200 million plus additional amounts so long as our secured net leverage ratio, determined on a pro forma basis 
does not exceed 1.50:1.00. The proceeds from the credit facility established under the Credit Agreement will be used for working 
capital and other general corporate purposes. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our 
assets.

Amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement accrue interest at a rate equal to either, at our election, LIBOR plus a 
margin of 1.75% to 2.50% per annum, or a specified base rate plus a margin of 0.75% to 1.50%, in each case, depending on our 
consolidated secured leverage ratio. We are required to pay commitment fee on the unutilized portion of the facility which ranges 
between 0.30% and 0.40% per annum depending on our consolidated secured leverage ratio. As of June 27, 2020, we had no
amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

79

 
Table of Contents

Short-term Debt

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

As of June 27, 2020, the Company had short-term debt in the amount of $2.8 million, assumed as part of an acquisition 

completed during the period.

1.75% Senior Convertible Notes (2023 Notes)

On May 29, 2018, the Company issued $225.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 
2023 in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
The Company issued $155.5 million aggregate principal of the 2023 Notes to certain holders of the 2033 Notes in exchange for 
$151.5 million principal of the 2033 Notes ( the Exchange Transaction) and issued and sold $69.5 million aggregate principal 
amount of the 2023 Notes in a private placement to accredited institutional buyers (the Private Placement). The carrying value of 
the liability component at issuance was calculated as the present value of its cash flows using a discount rate of 5.3% based on the 
5-year swap rate plus credit spread as of the issuance date. As of June 27, 2020, the expected remaining term of the 2023 Notes 
is 2.9 years.

The proceeds from the 2023 Notes Private Placement amounted to $67.3 million after issuance costs. The 2023 Notes are 
an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest at an annual rate of 1.75% payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on 
June 1st and December 1st of each year, beginning December 1, 2018. The 2023 Notes mature on June 1, 2023 unless earlier 
converted, redeemed or repurchased.

Under certain circumstances and during certain periods, the 2023 Notes may be converted at the option of the holders into 
cash up to the principal amount, with the remaining amount converted into cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or a 
combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock at the Company’s election. The initial conversion price is $13.94
per share, representing a 37.5% premium to the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the pricing date, May 22, 
2018, which will be subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Holders may convert the 2023 Notes at any time on or prior 
to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding March 1, 2023 in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, under 
the following circumstances:

• 

• 

• 

• 

on any date during any calendar quarter beginning after September 30, 2018 (and only during such calendar quarter) if 
the closing price of the Company’s common stock was more than 130% of the then current conversion price for at least 
20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading-day period ending the last trading day of the previous calendar quarter; 

upon the occurrence of specified corporate events; 

if the Company is party to a specified transaction, a fundamental change or a make-whole fundamental change (each as 
defined in the indenture of the 2023 Notes); or

during the five consecutive business-day period immediately following any ten consecutive trading-day period in which 
the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 2023 Notes for each day of such ten consecutive trading-day period 
was less than 98% of the product of the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock and the applicable conversion 
rate on such date.

During the periods from, and including, March 1, 2023, until the close of business on the business day immediately preceding 

June 1, 2023, holders may convert the 2023 Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

Holders of the 2023 Notes may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of the 2023 Notes upon the occurrence of 
a fundamental change at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2023 Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid 
interest to, but excluding the fundamental repurchase date. The Company may redeem all or a portion of the 2023 Notes for cash 
at any time on or after June 1, 2021, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2023 Notes to be redeemed, 
plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date under certain conditions.

In accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance, the Company separated the 2023 Notes into liability and equity 
components. The credit spread for the Company is based on the historical average “yield to worst” rate for BB rated issuers. The 
difference between the 2023 Notes principal and the carrying value of the liability component, representing the value of conversion 
premium assigned to the equity component, was recorded as a debt discount on the issuance date and is being accreted using the 
effective interest rate of 5.3% over the period from the issuance date through June 1, 2023 as a non-cash charge to interest expense. 
The carrying value of the liability component was determined to be $190.1 million, and the equity component, or debt discount, 
of the 2023 Notes was determined to be $34.9 million. 

80

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

In connection with the issuance of the 2023 Notes, the Company incurred $2.2 million of issuance costs, which were bifurcated 
into the debt issuance costs, attributable to the liability component of $1.9 million and the equity issuance costs, attributable to 
the equity component of $0.3 million based on their relative values. The debt issuance costs were capitalized and are being amortized 
to interest expense using the effective interest rate method from issuance date through June 1, 2023. The equity issuance costs 
were netted against the equity component in additional paid-in capital at the issuance date. As of June 27, 2020, the unamortized 
portion of the debt issuance costs related to the 2023 Notes was $1.1 million, which was included as a direct reduction from the 
carrying amount of the debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Based  on  quoted  market  prices  as  of June 27,  2020  and  June 29,  2019,  the  fair  value  of  the  2023  Notes  was 
approximately $251.4 million and $261.3 million, respectively. The 2023 Notes are classified within Level 2 as they are not actively 
traded in markets.

1.00% Senior Convertible Notes (2024 Notes)

On March 3, 2017, the Company issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 
2024 in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. On 
March 22, 2017, the Company issued an additional $60 million upon exercise of the over-allotment option of the initial purchasers. 
The total proceeds from the 2024 Notes amounted to $451.1 million after issuance costs. The 2024 Notes are an unsecured obligation 
of the Company and bear interest at an annual rate of 1.00% payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 
of each year. The 2024 Notes mature on March 1, 2024 unless earlier converted or repurchased.

Under certain circumstances and during certain periods, the 2024 Notes may be converted at the option of the holders into 
cash up to the principal amount, with the remaining amount converted into cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or a 
combination  of  cash  and  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  the  Company’s  election.  The  initial  conversion  price 
is $13.22 per share, representing a 32.5% premium to the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the pricing date, 
February 27, 2017, which will be subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments.

The 2024 Notes may be converted at any time on or prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding 
December 1, 2023, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at the option of the holder only under the following circumstances: 
(i) on any date during any calendar quarter beginning after June 30, 2017 (and only during such calendar quarter) if the closing 
price of VIAVI’s common stock was more than 130% of the then current conversion price for at least 20 trading days (whether or 
not consecutive) during the 30 consecutive trading-day period ending on the last trading day of the previous calendar quarter, (ii)if 
the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of its common stock rights or warrants (other than pursuant to a stockholder 
rights plan) entitling them to purchase, for a period of 45 calendar days or less, shares of VIAVI’s common stock at a price less 
than the average closing sale price of VIAVI’s common stock for the ten trading days preceding the declaration date for such 
distribution, (iii) if the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of its common stock, cash or other assets, debt 
securities or rights to purchase our securities (other than pursuant to a stockholder rights plan), at a per share value exceeding 10% of 
the closing sale price of VIAVI’s common stock on the trading day preceding the declaration date for such distribution, (iv) if the 
Company is party to a specified transaction, a fundamental change or a make-whole fundamental change (each as defined in the 
Indenture), or (v) during the five consecutive business-day period immediately following any 10 consecutive trading-day period 
in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes for each day during such 10 consecutive trading-day period 
was less than 98% of the product of the closing sale price of VIAVI’s common stock and the applicable conversion rate on such 
date. During the periods from, and including, December 1, 2023 until the close of business on the business day immediately 
preceding the maturity date, holders of the Notes may convert the Notes regardless of the circumstances described in the immediately 
preceding sentence.

Holders of the 2024 Notes may require VIAVI to repurchase for cash all or a portion of the Notes upon the occurrence of a 
fundamental change (as defined in the Indenture) at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2024 Notes 
to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of repurchase.

The Indenture provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of covenants, failure to pay 
certain judgments and certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency and reorganization. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, 
the principal amount of the 2024 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, may be declared immediately due and payable, 
subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. These amounts automatically become due and payable if an event of default 
relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occurs.

81

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

In accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance, the Company separated the 2024 Notes into liability and equity 
components. The carrying value of the liability component at issuance was calculated as the present value of its cash flows using 
a discount rate of 4.8% based on the 7-year swap rate plus credit spread as of the issuance date. The credit spread for the Company 
is based on the historical average “yield to worst” rate for BB rated issuers. The difference between the 2024 Notes principal and 
the carrying value of the liability component, representing the value of conversion premium assigned to the equity component, 
was recorded as a debt discount on the issuance date and is being accreted using the effective interest rate of 4.8% over the period 
from the issuance date through March 1, 2024 as a non-cash charge to interest expense. The carrying value of the liability component 
was determined to be $358.1 million, and the equity component, or debt discount, of the 2024 Notes was determined to be $101.9 
million. As of June 27, 2020, the expected remaining term of the 2024 Notes is 3.7 years.

In connection with the issuance of the 2024 Notes, the Company incurred $8.9 million of issuance costs, which were bifurcated 
into the debt issuance costs (attributable to the liability component) of $6.9 million and the equity issuance costs (attributable to 
the  equity  component)  of $2.0  million  based  on  their  relative  values. The  debt  issuance  costs  were  capitalized  and  are  being 
amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method from issuance date through March 1, 2024. The equity issuance 
costs were netted against the equity component in additional paid-in capital at the issuance date. As of June 27, 2020, the unamortized 
portion of the debt issuance costs related to the 2024 Notes was $3.9 million, which was included as a direct reduction from the 
carrying amount of the debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Based on quoted market prices as of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, the fair value of the 2024 Notes was approximately 
$523.3 million and $540.8 million, respectively. The 2024 Notes are classified within Level 2 as they are not actively traded in 
markets.

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants as of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019.

Interest Expense

The following table presents the interest expense for contractual interest, amortization of debt issuance cost and accretion 

of debt discount (in millions):

Interest expense-contractual interest

Amortization of debt issuance cost

Accretion of debt discount

Note 12. Leases 

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

$

8.5

1.4

20.8

$

8.8

1.4

21.3

7.7

2.6

33.8

The Company is a lessee in several operating leases, primarily real estate facilities for office space. The Company's lease 
arrangements are composed of operating leases with various expiration dates through March 31, 2030. The Company's leases do 
not contain any material residual value guarantees.

During the fiscal year ending on June 27, 2020, the total operating lease costs was $13.5 million. Total variable lease costs 
were immaterial During the fiscal year ending on June 27, 2020. The total operating costs were included in cost of revenues, 
research and development, and selling, general and administrative in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

As of June 27, 2020, the weighted-average remaining lease term was 5.2 years, and the weighted-average discount rate was 

4.7%.

During  the  fiscal  year  ending  on  June 27,  2020,  cash  paid  for  amounts  included  in  the  measurement  of  operating  lease 
liabilities was $15.7 million; and operating ROU assets obtained in exchange of new operating lease liabilities was $17.3 million.

82

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The balance sheet information related to our operating leases is as follows (in millions):

Other non-current assets

Total operating ROU assets

Other current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total operating lease liabilities

Future minimum operating lease payments as of June 27, 2020 are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2023

Fiscal 2024

Fiscal 2025

Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: Interest

Present value of lease liabilities

June 27, 2020

40.5

40.5

11.7

28.1

39.8

Operating Leases

12.8
10.2

6.0

4.6

3.6

7.5

44.7
(4.9)
39.8

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Prior to the adoption of the new lease standard, future minimum undiscounted operating lease payments as of June 29, 2019, 

excluding non-lease components, were as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2020

Fiscal 2021

Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2024

Thereafter

Less: sublease income

Total lease payments

Operating Leases

$

$

11.7

10.8

7.4

3.9
2.5

5.3
(0.1)
41.5

Note 13. Restructuring and Related Charges 

The  Company  has  initiated  various  restructuring  events  primarily  intended  to  reduce  its  costs,  consolidate  operations, 
streamline product manufacturing and address market conditions. The Company’s restructuring charges primarily include severance 
and benefit costs to eliminate a specific number of positions, facilities and equipment costs to vacate facilities and consolidate 
operations and lease termination costs. The timing of associated cash payments is dependent upon the type of restructuring charge 
and can extend over multiple periods.

As  of  June 27,  2020  and  June 29,  2019,  the  Company’s  total  restructuring  accrual  was  $6.5  million  and  $8.8  million, 
respectively. During fiscal years 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded restructuring and related charges of $3.5 million, 
$15.4 million and $8.3 million, respectively. 

83

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Summary of Restructuring Plans

The adjustments to the accrued restructuring expenses related to all of the Company’s restructuring plans described below 

for the fiscal years ended June 27, 2020 were as follows (in millions):

Balance as of
June 29, 2019

Fiscal Year 2020
Charges

Cash
Settlements

Non-cash
Settlements
and Other
Adjustments (2)

Balance as of
June 27, 2020

8.7

$

3.5

$

(5.2) $

(0.5) $

0.1

8.8

$

—

3.5

$

—

(5.2) $

(0.1)

(0.6) $

6.5

—

6.5

Fiscal 2019 Plan

NSE, including AW (1)
Plans Prior to Fiscal 2019

Other Plans (1)

Total (3)

$

$

(1) 

Plan includes workforce reduction cost. 

(2)  Other adjustments including $0.2 million lease liability reclassification to Operating lease liability upon ASC 842 adoption. 
(3) 

$6.5 million and $8.6 million in other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, respectively. $0.2 
million in other non-current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 29, 2019. 

Fiscal 2019 Plans

NSE, including AW Restructuring Plan

During the first quarter of fiscal 2019, Management approved restructuring and workforce reduction plans within its NSE 
business segment, including actions related to the recently acquired AW business. These actions further drive the Company’s 
strategy for organizational alignment and consolidation as part of its continued commitment to a more cost effective and agile 
organization and to improve overall profitability in the Company’s NSE business. Included in these restructuring plans are specific 
actions to consolidate and integrate the newly acquired AW business within the NSE business segment.  The plan was re-approved 
in the third quarter of fiscal 2019 and the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 to include additional headcount. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we updated the plan to include additional headcount to further drive operational 
improvement. As  a  result,  a  net  restructuring  charge  of  $3.5  million,  for  approximately 60 employees  primarily  in  R&D  and 
SG&A functions located in North America, Europe and Asia was recorded in the year ended June 27, 2020. Payments related to 
the severance and benefits accrual are expected to be paid by the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.

Note 14. Income Taxes

The Company’s income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following (in millions):

Domestic

Foreign

Income (loss) before income taxes

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

$

(35.1) $
129.2

94.1

$

(66.9) $
106.2

39.3

$

(112.5)
76.8
(35.7)

84

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The Company’s income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following (in millions):

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

Federal:

Current

Deferred

Total federal income tax (benefit)

State:

Current

Deferred

Total state income tax (benefit) expense

Foreign:

Current
Deferred

$

— $

— $

—

—

2.7

—

2.7

50.1
12.5

62.6

65.3

—

—

0.1

—

0.1

33.3
(1.9)
31.4

$

31.5

$

(4.5)
(1.7)
(6.2)

—
(0.1)
(0.1)

22.0
(2.8)
19.2

12.9

Total foreign income tax (benefit) expense

Total income tax expense

$

The foreign current expense primarily relates to the Company’s profitable operations in certain foreign jurisdictions and 
withholding tax paid on the repatriation of foreign earnings during the year. The foreign deferred tax benefit expense relates to the 
accrual of withholding tax on unrepatriated foreign earnings.

A reconciliation of the Company’s income tax expense at the federal statutory rate to the income tax expense at the effective 

tax rate is as follows (in millions):

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

19.8

34.2

12.8

—

0.7
4.5

2.3

—
(0.3)
(6.6)
(3.7)
(0.2)
2.1
(0.3)
65.3

$

$

8.3

1.5

16.0

—

1.0
4.8

3.5

—
(1.4)
(1.3)
(1.2)
—

0.1

0.2

$

31.5

$

(10.0)
0.7

1.0

14.3

13.0
(1.1)
0.4
(4.5)
0.7

—
(1.2)
(0.7)
—

0.3

12.9

Income tax (benefit) expense computed at federal statutory rate

$

Withholding Taxes

US Inclusion of foreign earnings

Tax Reform E&P Inclusion

Valuation allowance
Foreign rate differential

Reserves

AMT Tax Repeal

Permanent items

Fair value change of the earn-out liability

Reversal of previously accrued taxes

Research and experimentation benefits and other tax credits

State taxes

Other

Income tax expense

$

85

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The components of the Company’s net deferred taxes consisted of the following (in millions):

Gross deferred tax assets:

Tax credit carryforwards

Net operating loss carryforwards

Capital loss carryforwards

Inventories

Accruals and reserves

Acquisition-related items

Capitalized research costs

Other

Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance

Deferred tax assets

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

Acquisition-related items

 Tax on unrepatriated earnings
Foreign branch taxes

Other

Deferred tax liabilities

Total net deferred tax assets

June 27, 2020

Balance as of

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

159.5

$

1,118.6

164.3

$

1,206.9

158.8

1,219.0

63.9

20.3

61.6

45.1

72.0

44.6

1,585.6
(1,405.5)
180.1

(31.8)
(15.6)
(21.4)
(29.8)
(98.6)
81.5

$

63.9

9.6

55.6

42.1

—

43.1

1,585.5
(1,405.3)
180.2

(33.5)
(1.8)
(22.0)
(29.1)
(86.4)
93.8

$

63.9

4.2

20.5

31.5

—

43.8

1,541.7
(1,382.1)
159.6

(26.8)
(1.6)
—
(37.4)
(65.8)
93.8

$

As of June 27, 2020, the Company had federal, state and foreign tax net operating loss carryforwards of $4,752.2 million, 
$575.8 million and $590.2 million, respectively, and federal, state and foreign research and other tax credit carryforwards of $105.8 
million, $52.6 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The tax net operating loss, tax credit and capital loss carryforwards will start 
to expire in calendar 2021 and at various other dates through 2038 if not utilized. In addition, a portion of the foreign tax net 
operating loss, tax credit and capital loss carryforwards have an indefinite carryforward period. Utilization of the tax net operating 
losses may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue 
Code and similar state and foreign provisions. Loss carryforward limitations may result in the expiration or reduced utilization of 
a portion of the Company’s net operating losses. During the preparation of the fiscal 2019 US tax return, the Company elected to 
capitalize research and development costs as a result there is true-up adjustment to our estimated beginning of year capitalized 
research costs deferred tax asset of $37.5 million with an offsetting  decrease in the beginning net operating loss carryforward 
deferred tax asset.  

Foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of earnings of foreign subsidiaries have not been provided on $9.3 
million of undistributed earnings for certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company intends to reinvest these earnings indefinitely 
outside of the United States. The Company estimates that an additional $1.2 million of foreign withholding taxes would have to 
be provided if these earnings were repatriated back to the U.S.

During fiscal year 2020, in light of the economic uncertainty caused by COVID-19, the Company reevaluated its historic 
assertion on foreign earnings and no longer considers a majority of its earnings to be permanently reinvested resulting in a $32.5 
million charge for withholding taxes expected to be paid on the repatriation of $324.0 million of foreign earnings that the Company 
does not consider to be permanently reinvested. During the third quarter of fiscal 2020, which included changing the Company’s 
intent  with  regard  to  the  indefinite  reinvestment  of  such  foreign  earnings,  the  Company  initially  accrued  $31.6  million  for 
withholding taxes expected to be paid on the repatriation of $316.4 million of accumulated foreign earnings that it no longer 
considers to be permanently reinvested as of the third quarter. During the Fiscal year 2020, the Company paid $19.5 million
withholding income tax on the repatriation of foreign earnings. The repatriation of these earnings increases available cash in the 
U.S. and provides greater U.S. financial flexibility to assist the Company in navigating the expected downturn in the economy. 

86

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The foreign earnings are being repatriated to the U.S. without incurring any significant additional U.S current or deferred tax 
expense. 

On March 27, 2020, the House passed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (The CARES Act), also 
known as the Third COVID-19 Supplemental Relief bill, and the president signed the legislation into law. Tax provisions of the 
Act include the deferral of certain payroll taxes, relief for retaining employees, and other provisions. The provisions of the legislation 
did not have a significant impact on the effective tax rate or the income tax payable and deferred income tax positions of the 
Company. The Company continues to monitor additional guidance issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue 
Service and others.

During fiscal year 2018, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted. Income tax effects resulting from changes in tax laws 
were  accounted  for  by  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  authoritative  guidance,  which  required  that  these  tax  effects  be 
recognized in the period in which the law was enacted, and the effects were recorded as a component of the provision for income 
taxes from continuing operations. The law had significantly changed the way the U.S. taxes corporations. The Act repealed the 
alternative minimum tax (AMT) for corporations and provided that the existing AMT credit carryforwards would be fully refunded 
in 2022 if not utilized. As a result, the Company recognized a benefit of $4.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 for the 
release of the valuation allowance previously maintained against the AMT credit deferred tax asset. As a result, the Company’s 
deferred tax liability associated with indefinite-lived intangible assets offset these indefinite-lived deferred tax assets, resulting in 
a benefit of $2.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 due to release of valuation allowance.

The Act imposed a deemed repatriation of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries’ post-1986 earnings and profits (E&P) which 
had previously been deferred from US income tax. This deemed repatriation was reported in the Company’s fiscal 2018 U.S. tax 
return.  The Company completed the calculation of the total post-1986 foreign E&P for all foreign subsidiaries during the quarter 
ended December 29, 2018.  The change in estimate did not materially impact the Company’s financial statements.

The Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% as of January 1, 2018. The Company remeasured its 
US deferred tax assets and liabilities which resulted in a net reduction of $734.9 million of our net deferred tax assets and an equal 
and offsetting reduction to the valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets.

Upon adoption of the new guidance on share-based payment awards in fiscal 2018, the Company had $117.7 million of net 
operating loss carryforwards resulting from excess tax benefit deductions. The deferred tax asset recorded for these net operating 
loss  carryforwards  was  fully  offset  by  a  corresponding  increase  in  valuation  allowance,  resulting  in  no  impact  to  opening 
accumulated deficit. In addition, due to the full valuation allowance on the U.S. deferred tax assets, there was no impact to the 
income tax provision from excess tax benefits for the year ended June 30, 2018.

The valuation allowance increased by $0.2 million in fiscal 2020, increased by $23.2 million in fiscal 2019, and decreased 
by $712.9 million in fiscal 2018. The increase during fiscal 2020 was primarily due to the business acquired during the year. The 
increase during fiscal 2019 was primarily due to the net increase of deferred tax assets resulting from the inclusion of the Company’s 
foreign subsidiaries in the U.S. tax return as a consequence of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The decrease during fiscal 2018
was primarily due to the revaluation of the U.S. deferred tax assets as a result of the Act. The following table provides information 
about the activity of our deferred tax valuation allowance (in millions):

Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance

Year Ended June 27, 2020

Year Ended June 29, 2019

Year Ended June 30, 2018

$

$

$

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

Additions Charged
to Expenses or
Other Accounts (1)

Deductions Credited to
Expenses or Other
Accounts (2)

Balance at
End of
Period

1,405.3

1,382.1

2,095.0

$

$

$

95.1

72.8

31.7

$

$

$

(94.9) $
(49.6) $
(744.6) $

1,405.5

1,405.3

1,382.1

(1)  Additions include current year additions charged to expenses and current year build due to increases in net deferred tax assets, return to provision true-

ups, other adjustments.

(2)  Deductions include current year releases credited to expenses and current year reductions due to decreases in net deferred tax assets, return to provision 

true-ups, other adjustments and increases in deferred tax liabilities.

87

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits between July 1, 2017 and June 27, 2020 is as follows (in millions):

Balance at July 1, 2017

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

Additions based on tax positions related to prior year

Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations

Balance at June 30, 2018

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

Additions based on tax positions related to prior year

Reduction based on tax positions related to prior year

Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations

Balance at June 29, 2019

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

Additions based on tax positions related to prior year
Reduction based on tax positions related to prior year

Reduction related to settlement

Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations

Balance at June 27, 2020

$

$

38.9

4.4

5.6
(0.3)
48.6

1.7

7.3
(2.8)
(0.6)
54.2

2.2

0.3
(3.8)
(0.4)
(0.5)
52.0

The unrecognized tax benefits relate primarily to the allocations of revenue and costs among the Company’s global operations 
and the validity of some U.S. tax credits. Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at June 27, 2020 are $8.5 million
of tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. Also included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits 
at June 27, 2020 are $39.9 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in adjustments to the valuation allowance.

The Company’s policy is to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income
tax provision. The amount of interest and penalties accrued as of June 27, 2020, June 29, 2019 and June 30, 2018 was approximately 
$2.7 million, $3.7 million, and $1.9 million, respectively. During fiscal 2020, the Company’s accrued interest and penalties decreased 
by $0.9 million. The timing and resolution of income tax examinations is uncertain, and the amounts ultimately paid, if any, upon 
resolution of issues raised by the taxing authorities may differ from the amounts accrued for each year. Although we do not expect 
that our balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits will change materially in the next 12 months, given the uncertainty in the 
development of ongoing income tax examinations, we are unable to estimate the full range of possible adjustments to this balance. 

The Company is routinely subject to various federal, state and foreign audits by taxing authorities. The Company believes 

that adequate amounts have been provided for any adjustments that may result from these examinations.

The following table summarizes the Company’s major tax jurisdictions and the tax years that remain subject to examination 

by such jurisdictions as of June 27, 2020:

Tax Jurisdictions

United States*

Canada

China

France

Germany

Korea

United Kingdom

Tax Years

2001 and onward

2019 and onward

2015 and onward

2017 and onward

2015 and onward

2015 and onward

2019 and onward

*Although the Company is generally subject to a three-year statute of limitations in the U.S., tax authorities maintain the 

ability to adjust tax attribute carryforwards generated in earlier years.

88

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Note 15. Stockholders' Equity 

Repurchase of Common Stock

As of June 27, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $200 million of the Company’s 

common stock through open market or private transactions before September 30, 2021.

The following table summarizes share repurchase activity related to the Company’s stock repurchase program (in millions, 

except per share amounts):

Total number of shares repurchased

Average price per share

Total purchase price
Remaining authorization at end of period

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

$

$

3.7

11.99

44.4

155.6

$

$

$

1.1

10.14

11.3

51.4

$

$

$

4.4

9.25

40.9

62.7

The total purchase price of these repurchases was reflected as a decrease to common stock based on the stated par value per 
share with the remainder charged to accumulated deficit. All common shares repurchased during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 have 
been canceled and retired.

Preferred Stock

The Company’s Board of Directors has authority to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock and to 
determine the powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions granted to or imposed upon any 
wholly unissued shares of undesignated preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation 
of such series, without the consent of the Company’s stockholders. The preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, 
dividend and other rights superior to those of the holders of common stock. Subsequent issuance of any preferred stock by the 
Company’s Board of Directors, under some circumstances, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in 
control.

Note 16. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Benefit Plans

Stock Option Plans

On November 13, 2019, the Company's stockholders approved the amendment and restatement of the Company’s Amended 
and Restated 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2003 Plan, as most recently amended and restated, the Amended and Restated 2003 
Plan). An additional 10.5 million shares were authorized under the re-approved 2003 plan effective as of November 13, 2019. The 
Amended and Restated 2003 Plan provides for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights (SARs), dividend equivalent 
rights, restricted stocks, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares, the vesting of which may be time-based 
or upon satisfaction of performance criteria or other conditions. 

As of June 27, 2020, the Company had 7.2 million shares subject to (i) stock options and Full Value Awards (defined below) 
issued and outstanding under the Amended and Restated 2003 Plan, (ii) inducement grants made in connection with the appointment 
of new CEO in fiscal 2016 and (iii) stock options and Full Value Awards issued and outstanding under various other plans the 
Company assumed through acquisitions. The exercise price for stock options is equal to the fair value of the underlying stock at 
the date of grant. The Company issues new shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options. Options generally become 
exercisable over a three- or four-year period and, if not exercised, expire from five to ten years after the date of grant.

As of June 27, 2020, 17.8 million shares of common stock, primarily under Amended and Restated 2003 Plan, were available 

for grant.

89

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

In June 1998, the Company adopted the ESPP, which became effective August 1, 1998 and provides eligible employees with 
the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company through periodic payroll deductions and provides a discounted 
purchase price as well as a look-back period. The ESPP is structured as a qualified employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The ESPP will terminate upon the earlier of November 15, 2027 or the date on which all 
shares available for issuance have been sold. As of June 27, 2020, 2.9 million shares remained available for issuance. The ESPP 
as adopted provided for a 5% discount and a six months look-back period. In May 2019, the ESPP was amended to provide for a 
15% discount.

Full Value Awards

Full Value Awards refer to RSUs, MSUs and PSUs that are granted without an exercise price and are converted to shares 
immediately upon vesting. Full Value Awards are time-based, performance-based with market conditions or other performance 
conditions and are expected to vest over one to four years. The fair value of the time-based RSUs is based on the closing market 
price of the Company’s common stock on the date the award is granted.

Stock-Based Compensation

The impact on the Company’s results of operations of recording stock-based compensation expense by function for fiscal 

2020, 2019 and 2018 was as follows (in millions):

Cost of revenue

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Total stock-based compensation expense

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

$

4.3

7.7

32.6

44.6

$

$

3.8

6.1

28.3

38.2

$

$

3.3

4.9

22.3

30.5

Approximately $1.2 million of stock-based compensation expense was capitalized to inventory at June 27, 2020.

Stock Option Activity

The following is a summary of stock option activities (in millions, except per share amounts):

Balance as of July 1, 2017

Exercised

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Exercised

Balance as of June 29, 2019

Exercised

Balance as of June 27, 2020

Expected to vest

Options Outstanding

Number of Shares

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price

1.5
(0.2)
1.3
(0.1)
1.2

—

1.2

1.2

$

$

$

6.16

4.53

6.42

10.54

5.95

—

5.95

5.95

As of June 27, 2020, stock-based compensation expense related to stock options have been fully amortized and recognized. 

90

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The following table summarizes outstanding and exercisable options as of June 27, 2020.

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term
(years)

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(millions)

Number of
Shares

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 
(years)

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(millions)

3.64

5.95

$

7.7

1,180,257

3.64

5.95

$

7.7

Exercise Price

$5.95

Number of
Shares

1,180,257

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing 
stock price of $12.50 as of June 27, 2020, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised 
their options as of that date. The total number of in-the-money options exercisable as of June 27, 2020 was 1.2 million.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan Activity

The expense related to the ESPP is recorded on a straight-line basis over the relevant subscription period.

The following summarizes the shares purchased and issued, pursuant to the Company’s ESPP during the year ended June 27, 

2020 and the fair value market value of the shares at the purchase date:

Purchase date

Shares issued

Fair market value at purchase date

July 31, 2019

January 31, 2020

222,956

$

10.98

$

261,303

14.45

As of June 27, 2020, there was $0.2 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to the ESPP that remains 

to be amortized. The cost will be recognized in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Full Value Awards Activity

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested Full Value Awards as of June 27, 2020 and changes during the same 

period is presented below (amount in millions, except per share amounts):

Non-vested at July 1, 2017
Awards granted

Awards vested

Awards forfeited

Non-vested at June 30, 2018

Awards granted

Awards vested

Awards forfeited

Non-vested June 29, 2019

Awards granted

Awards vested

Awards forfeited

Non-vested June 27, 2020

Performance Shares
(1)

Non-Performance
Shares

Total Number of
Shares

Weighted-average
Grant-dated Fair
Value

Full Value Awards

1.0
0.8
(0.6)
(0.1)
1.1

0.5
(0.6)
—

1.0

0.7
(0.7)
—

1.0

6.3
3.3
(3.6)
(0.7)
5.3

3.9
(3.2)
(0.3)
5.7

3.2
(3.4)
(0.4)
5.1

$
7.3
4.1
$
(4.2) $
(0.8) $
$
6.4

4.4
$
(3.8) $
(0.3) $
$
6.7

3.9
$
(4.1) $
(0.4) $
$
6.1

7.17
10.01

7.10

8.01

8.93

11.52

8.61

9.63

10.81

13.76

10.40

11.44

12.97

(1)  Performance Shares refer to the Company’s MSU and PSU awards, where the actual number of shares awarded upon vesting may be higher or lower 
than the target amount depending on the achievement of the relevant market conditions and performance goal achievement. The majority of MSUs vest 

91

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

in equal annual installments over three to four years based on the attainment of certain total shareholder performance measures and the employee’s 
continued service through the vest date. The aggregate grant-date fair value of MSUs granted during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 was estimated to be 
$7.7 million, $6.2 million and $4.7 million, respectively, and was calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation. The Company did not grant any PSU 
awards in fiscal 2020 and 2019. The fair value of the PSUs granted in fiscal 2018 was $1.4 million. PSU awards vest based on the attainment of certain 
performance measures and the employee’s continued service through the vest date.

As of June 27, 2020, $54.5 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to Full Value Awards remains to 

be amortized. That cost is expected to be recognized over an estimated amortization period of 1.7 years.

Valuation Assumptions

The Company estimates the fair value of the MSUs on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation with the following 

assumptions:

Volatility of common stock

Average volatility of peer companies
Average correlation coefficient of peer companies

Risk-free interest rate

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

30.4%

52.5%

0.1842

1.5%

28.9%

31.0%

0.1383

2.6%

30.1%

32.6%

0.1618

1.4%

The Company did not issue stock option grants during the fiscal years ended June 27, 2020, June 29, 2019 and June 30, 2018.  
The Company estimates the fair value ESPP purchase rights using a BSM valuation model. The fair value is estimated on the date 
of grant using the BSM option valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

Expected term (in years)

Expected volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

0.5

27.6%

1.8%

0.5

33.2%

2.3%

0.5

28.0%

1.4%

Expected Term: The Company's expected term for stock options was calculated utilizing the simplified method in accordance 
with the authoritative guidance. The Company used the simplified method as the Company does not have sufficient historical share 
option exercise data due to the limited number of shares granted as well as changes in the Company's business following the 
Separation, rendering existing historical experience less reliable in formulating expectations for current grants. The Company’s 
expected term for ESPP purchase rights is in line with the six months offerings periods provided for under the ESPP.

Expected Volatility: The expected volatility for stock options was based on the historical volatility of the Company's common 
stock and its peers. The expected volatility for ESPP purchase rights was based on the historical volatility of its stock price with 
similar expected term. 

Risk-Free Interest Rate: The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the BSM valuation method on the implied 

yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term.

Expected Dividend: The BSM valuation model calls for a single expected dividend yield as an input. The Company has not 

paid and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the near future.

Note 17. Employee Pension and Other Benefit Plans 

Employee 401(k) Plans

The Company sponsors the Viavi Solutions 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan), a defined contribution plan under ERISA, which 
provides retirement benefits for its eligible employees through tax deferred salary deductions. The 401(k) Plan allows employees 
to contribute up to 50% of their annual compensation, with contributions limited to $19,500 in calendar year 2020 as set by the 
Internal Revenue Service.

92

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

For all eligible employees, the Company offers a 401(k) Plan that provides a 100% match of employees’ contributions up to 
the first 3% of annual compensation and 50% match on the next 2% of compensation. All matching contributions are made in cash 
and vest immediately. The Company’s matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan were $4.9 million, $4.9 million and $4.2 million
in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Employee Defined Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors significant qualified and non-qualified pension plans for certain past and present employees in the 
U.K.  and  Germany  including  the  plan  assumed  from AW  acquisition. The  Company  also  is  responsible  for  the  non-pension 
postretirement benefit obligation assumed from a past acquisition. 

Most of the plans have been closed to new participants and no additional service costs are being accrued, except for certain 
plans in Germany assumed in connection with an acquisition during fiscal 2010. Benefits are generally based upon years of service 
and compensation or stated amounts for each year of service. As of June 27, 2020, the U.K. plan was partially funded while the 
other plans were unfunded. The Company’s policy for funded plans is to make contributions equal to or greater than the requirements 
prescribed by law or regulation. For unfunded plans, the Company pays the postretirement benefits when due. Future estimated 
benefit payments are summarized below. No other required contributions are expected in fiscal 2021, but the Company, at its 
discretion, can make contributions to one or more of the defined benefit plans.

The Company accounts for its obligations under these pension plans in accordance with the authoritative guidance which 
requires the Company to record its obligation to the participants, as well as the corresponding net periodic cost. The Company 
determines its obligation to the participants and its net periodic cost principally using actuarial valuations provided by third-party 
actuaries. The obligation the Company records on its Consolidated Balance Sheets is reflective of the total PBO and the fair value 
of plan assets.

The following table presents the components of the net periodic benefit cost for the pension and benefits plans (in millions):

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Recognized net actuarial losses
Net periodic cost

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

$

0.3
1.9
(1.5)
2.8
3.5

$

$

0.2
2.5
(1.6)
1.8
2.9

$

$

0.2
2.7
(1.5)
1.5
2.9

The  Company’s  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  includes  unrealized  net  actuarial  (gains)/losses. The  amount 
expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2021 is $2.1 million. Refer to “Note 18. Commitments and 
Contingencies” for further information on the provision for legal proceeding. The changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets 
of the pension and benefits plans were (in millions):

93

 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Pension Benefit Plans

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

Service cost

Interest cost

Actuarial (gains) losses

Benefits paid

Assumed benefit obligation from acquisition

Foreign exchange impact

Benefit obligation at end of year

Change in plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Employer contributions

Benefits paid

Foreign exchange impact

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Funded status

Accumulated benefit obligation

Amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at end of year:

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net amount recognized at end of year

Amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at end of
year:

Actuarial losses, net of tax

Net amount recognized at end of year

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other
comprehensive (loss) income:

Net actuarial gain (loss)

Amortization of accumulated net actuarial losses

Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

140.0

$

0.3

1.9

4.6
(5.1)
—
(2.8)
138.9

29.9

0.2

4.8

$

$

(5.0)
(0.9)
29.0
$
(109.9) $
$
138.6

136.7

0.2

2.5

10.0
(5.4)
—
(4.0)
140.0

30.0

1.4

5.1

(5.4)
(1.2)
29.9
(110.1)
139.7

Pension Benefit Plans

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

7.6

102.3

109.9

$

$

(31.2) $
(31.2) $

(5.4) $
2.8
(2.6) $

7.3

102.8

110.1

(28.6)
(28.6)

(7.3)
1.8
(5.5)

As of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019, the liability balances related to the post retirement benefit plan were $0.4 million 
and $0.4 million, respectively. The liability balances were included in other non-current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets.

During fiscal 2020, the Company (amounts represented as £ and $ denote GBP and USD, respectively) contributed £0.5 
million or approximately $0.6 million, while in fiscal 2019, the Company contributed £0.5 million or approximately $0.6 million
to its U.K. pension plan. These contributions allowed the Company to comply with regulatory funding requirements.

94

Table of Contents

Assumptions

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Underlying both the calculation of the PBO and net periodic cost are actuarial valuations. These valuations use participant-
specific information such as salary, age, years of service, and assumptions about interest rates, compensation increases and other 
factors. At a minimum, the Company evaluates these assumptions annually and makes changes as necessary.

The discount rate reflects the estimated rate at which the pension benefits could be effectively settled. In developing the 
discount rate, the Company considered the yield available on an appropriate AA corporate bond index, adjusted to reflect the term 
of the scheme’s liabilities as well as a yield curve model developed by the Company’s actuaries.

The expected return on assets was estimated by using the weighted average of the real expected long-term return (net of 

inflation) on the relevant classes of assets based on the target asset mix and adding the chosen inflation assumption.

The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic cost and benefit obligation 

for the Company’s U.K. and German pension plans:

Used to determine net period cost at end of year:

Discount rate

Expected long-term return on plan assets

Rate of pension increase

Used to determine benefit obligation at end of year:

Discount rate

Rate of pension increase

Investment Policies and Strategies

Pension Benefit Plans

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

1.1%

5.6

2.3

1.0%

2.2

1.4%

5.6

2.3

1.4%

2.3

1.9%

5.7

2.3

1.9%

2.3

The Company’s investment objectives for its funded pension plan are to ensure that there are sufficient assets available to 
pay out members’ benefits as and when they arise and that, should the plan be discontinued at any point in time, there would be 
sufficient assets to meet the discontinuance liabilities.

To achieve these objectives, the trustees of the U.K. pension plan are responsible for regularly monitoring the funding position 
and managing the risk by investing in assets expected to outperform the increase in value of the liabilities in the long term and by 
investing in a diversified portfolio of assets in order to minimize volatility in the funding position. The trustees invest in a range 
of  frequently  traded  funds  (pooled  funds)  rather  than  direct  holdings  in  individual  securities  to  maintain  liquidity,  achieve 
diversification and reduce the potential for risk concentration. The funded plan assets are managed by professional third-party 
investment managers.

95

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Fair Value Measurement of Plan Assets

The following table sets forth the plan assets at fair value and the percentage of assets allocations as of June 27, 2020 (in 

millions, except percentage data):

Assets:

Global equity

Fixed income

Other

Cash

Total assets

Target
Allocation

Total

Percentage of
Plan Assets

Level 1

Level 2

Fair value measurement as of

June 27, 2020

40% $

40%

20%

$

11.6

10.9

6.4

0.1

29.0

40.0% $

— $

37.6%

22.1%

0.3%

100.0% $

—

—

0.1

0.1

$

11.6

10.9

6.4

—

28.9

The following table sets forth the plan’s assets at fair value and the percentage of assets allocations as of June 29, 2019 (in 

millions, except percentage data).

Assets:

Global equity

Fixed income

Other

Cash

Total assets

Target
Allocation

Total

Percentage of
Plan Assets

Level 1

Level 2

Fair value measurement as of

June 29, 2019

40% $

40%

20%

$

11.6

11.5

6.7

0.1

29.9

38.8% $

— $

38.5%

22.4%

0.3%

100.0% $

—

—

0.1

0.1

$

11.6

11.5

6.7

—

29.8

The Company’s pension assets consist of multiple institutional funds (pension funds) of which the fair values are based on 
the quoted prices of the underlying funds. Pension funds are classified as Level 2 assets since such funds are not directly traded 
in active markets.

Global equity consists of several index funds that invest primarily in U.K. equities and other overseas equities.

Fixed  income  consists  of  several  funds  that  invest  primarily  in  index-linked  Gilts  (over  5 year),  sterling-denominated 

investment grade corporate bonds, and overseas government bonds.

Other consists of several funds that primarily invest in global equities, bonds, private equity, global real estate and infrastructure 

funds.

96

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Future Benefit Payments

The following table reflects the total expected benefit payments to defined benefit pension plan participants. These payments 
have been estimated based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s PBO at fiscal year end and include benefits 
attributable to estimated future compensation increases (in millions).

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026 - 2030

Thereafter

Total

Pension Benefit Plans

$

$

8.6

6.0

6.7

6.1

5.9

26.5

50.1

109.9

Timing of the payment relating to the legal proceeding, which is included in the above table under “Thereafter,” is not yet 

determined. Refer to “Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies” for further information. 

Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies 

Royalty payment

In connection with the AW acquisition, the Company is obligated to make future minimum royalty payments of $2.3 million
measured as of June 27, 2020 for the use of certain licensed technologies. Future minimum quarterly payments are scheduled at 
approximately $0.2 million through the second quarter of fiscal 2023 and $0.1 million thereafter until approximately the fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2026.

Purchase Obligations

Purchase obligations of $99.8 million as of June 27, 2020, represent legally-binding commitments to purchase inventory and 
other commitments made in the normal course of business to meet operational requirements. Although open purchase orders are 
considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow the option to cancel, reschedule and adjust the requirements 
based on the Company’s business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services. Obligations to purchase inventory 
and other commitments are generally expected to be fulfilled within one year.

The Company  depends on  a  limited number  of  contract manufacturers, subcontractors, and suppliers  for  raw materials, 
packages and standard components. The Company generally purchases these single or limited source products through standard 
purchase orders or one-year supply agreements and has no significant long-term guaranteed supply agreements with such vendors. 
While the Company seeks to maintain a sufficient safety stock of such products and maintains on-going communications with its 
suppliers to guard against interruptions or cessation of supply, the Company’s business and results of operations could be adversely 
affected by a stoppage or delay of supply, substitution of more expensive or less reliable products, receipt of defective parts or 
contaminated materials, increases in the price of such supplies, or the Company’s inability to obtain reduced pricing from its 
suppliers in response to competitive pressures.

Financing Obligations

On August 21, 2007, the Company entered into a sale and lease-back of certain buildings and land in Santa Rosa, California 
(the Santa Rosa Transactions), under which we leased back certain buildings. The net cash proceeds received from the transaction 
were $32.2 million. The lease terms range from a one year lease with multiple renewal options to a ten years lease with two five 
years renewal options. These buildings did not qualify for sale and lease back accounting due to various forms of continuing 
involvement and as a result, they were accounted for as financing transactions.

In August 2012 and May 2019, the Company entered into two lease amendments to extend the term of the lease to August 31, 
2032 with a 10 years renewal option. In the first quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company reassessed whether a sale would have occurred 

97

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

on the date of adoption of ASC 842 and at which time, concluded that the buildings did not qualify for sale and lease back accounting 
in accordance with ASC 842. As a result, they were continuously accounted for as financing transactions.

As of June 27, 2020, $0.1 million was included in Other current liabilities, and $16.2 million was included in Other non-
current liabilities. As of June 29, 2019, $1.1 million was included in Other current liabilities, and $21.8 million was included in 
Other non-current liabilities.

As of June 27, 2020, future minimum annual lease payments of Santa Rosa’s non-cancelable leaseback agreements were as 

follows (in millions):

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Thereafter

Total minimum leaseback payments

Guarantees

$

$

2.8

2.9

2.4

2.4

2.4

18.7

31.6

In accordance with authoritative guidance which requires that upon issuance of a guarantee, the guarantor must recognize a 
liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under that guarantee. In addition, disclosures about the guarantees that an 
entity has issued, including a tabular reconciliation of the changes of the entity’s product warranty liabilities, are required.

The Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require the Company to indemnify 
parties against third-party claims. These contracts primarily relate to: (i) divestiture agreements, under which the Company may 
provide customary indemnifications to purchasers of the Company’s businesses or assets; (ii) certain real estate leases, under which 
the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from 
the Company’s use of the applicable premises; and (iii) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors and employees, 
under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship.

The terms of such obligations vary. Generally, a maximum obligation is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts 
of these types of agreements often are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligations cannot be reasonably 
estimated. Historically, the Company has not been obligated to make significant payments for these obligations, and no liabilities 
have been recorded for these obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019.

Pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of July 31, 2015 between the Company and Lumentum 
Holdings Inc. (Lumentum) and the Tax Matter Agreement dated as of July 31, 2015 between the Company and Lumentum, the 
Company is required to indemnify Lumentum and its subsidiaries for certain specified tax liabilities. During the second quarter 
of fiscal 2019, the Ontario Ministry of Finance denied the Company’s appeal of an assessment of the applicable tax liabilities at 
which time the Company recorded a charge of $2.4 million to its discontinued operations.

Outstanding Letters of Credit and Performance Bonds

As of June 27, 2020, the Company had standby letters of credit of $7.4 million and performance bonds of $1.0 million

collateralized by restricted cash.

Product Warranties

The Company provides reserves for the estimated costs of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. In general, 
the Company offers its customers warranties up to three years and has accrued a reserve for the estimated costs of product warranties 
at the time revenue is recognized. It estimates the costs of its warranty obligations based on its historical experience of known 
product failure rates, use of materials to repair or replace defective products and service delivery costs incurred in correcting 
product failures. In addition, from time to time, specific warranty accruals may be made if unforeseen technical problems arise. 
The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.

98

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The following table presents the changes in the Company’s warranty reserve during fiscal years 2020 and 2019 (in millions):

Balance as of beginning of period

Provision for warranty

Utilization of reserve

Adjustments related to pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates)

Balance as of end of period

Contingent Purchase Consideration

Year Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$

$

8.7

$

3.1
(3.4)
1.0

9.4

$

8.2

4.0
(5.2)
1.7

8.7

Contingent liabilities include contingent consideration in connection with the Company’s acquisitions, which represent earn-
out payments and is recognized at fair value on the acquisition date and is remeasured each reporting period with subsequent 
adjustments recognized in the consolidated statements of income. See “Note 5. Acquisitions” for additional information related 
to the Company’s acquisitions. The Company discounts the contingent purchase consideration to present value using a risk adjusted 
interest rate at each reporting period. Contingent consideration is valued using significant Level 3 inputs, that are not observable 
in the market pursuant to fair value measurement accounting. While the Company believes the estimates and assumptions are 
reasonable, there is significant judgment and uncertainty involved.

The Company’s Level 3 liabilities as of June 27, 2020, consist of contingent purchase consideration. The Company has 
aggregate contingent liabilities related to its business and asset acquisitions completed during fiscal 2020 and 2019. As June 27, 
2020 and June 29, 2019, the aggregate fair value of contingent consideration was $9.9 million and $38.4 million, respectively. The 
fair value of earn-out liabilities were determined using a Monte Carlo Simulation that includes significant unobservable inputs 
such as the risk-adjusted discount rate, gross profit volatility, and projected financial forecast of acquired business over the earn-
out period. See “Note 8. Fair Value Measurements” for additional information related to the Company’s earn-outs.

Legal Proceedings

In June 2016, the Company received a court decision regarding the validity of an amendment to a pension deed of trust 
related to one of its foreign subsidiaries which the Company contends contained an error requiring the Company to increase the 
pension plan’s benefit. The Company had subsequently further amended the deed to rectify the error. The court ruled that the 
amendment increasing the pension plan benefit was valid until the subsequent amendment. The Company estimated the liability 
to range from (amounts represented as £ denote GBP) £5.7 million to £8.4 million. The Company determined that the likelihood 
of loss to be probable and accrued £5.7 million as of July 2, 2016 in accordance with authoritative guidance on contingencies. The 
accrual is included as a component of other non-current liabilities, in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively. 

The Company pursued an appeal of the court decision. In March 2018, the appellate court affirmed the decision of the lower 
court. The Company is pursuing a deed of rectification claim and continues to pursue a claim against the U.K. law firm responsible 
for the error. As of June 27, 2020, the related accrued pension liability was £7.5 million or $9.2 million.

The Company is subject to a variety of claims and suits that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its business. 
While management currently believes that resolving claims against the Company, individually or in aggregate, will not have a 
material adverse impact on its financial position, results of operations or statement of cash flows, these matters are subject to 
inherent uncertainties and management’s view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable final outcome to 
occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows for the period in which the effect becomes reasonably estimable.

Note 19. Operating Segments and Geographic Information 

The Company evaluates its reportable segments in accordance with the authoritative guidance on segment reporting. The 
Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), uses operating segment financial 
information to evaluate segment performance and to allocate resources.

99

 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

The Company’s reportable segments are:

(i) Network Enablement:

NE provides testing solutions that access the network to perform build-out and maintenance tasks. These solutions include 
instruments, software and services to design, build, activate, certify, troubleshoot and optimize networks. The Company also offers 
a range of product support and professional services such as repair, calibration, software support and technical assistance for its 
products.  NE’s  avionics  products  provide  test  and  measuring  solutions  for  aviation,  aerospace,  government,  defense, 
communications and public safety. 

(ii) Service Enablement:

SE solutions are embedded systems that yield network, service and application performance data. These solutions—including 
instruments, microprobes and software—monitor, collect and analyze network data to reveal the actual customer experience and 
to identify opportunities for new revenue streams and network optimization.

(iii) Optical Security and Performance Products:

OSP  provides  innovative, precision,  high  performance optical products  for  anti-counterfeiting, consumer  and  industrial, 

government, automotive, industrial and other markets. 

Segment Reporting

The  CODM  manages  the  Company  in  two  broad  business  categories:  NSE  and  OSP.  The  CODM  evaluates  segment 
performance of the NSE business based on the combined segment gross and operating margins. Operating expenses associated 
with the NSE business are not allocated to the individual segments within NSE, as they are managed centrally at the business unit 
level. The CODM evaluates segment performance of the OSP business based on segment operating margin. The Company allocates 
corporate-level operating expenses to its segment results, except for certain non-core operating and non-operating activities as 
discussed below.

The  Company  does  not  allocate  stock-based  compensation,  acquisition-related  charges,  amortization  of  intangibles, 
restructuring and related charges, impairment of goodwill, non-operating income and expenses, changes in fair value of contingent 
consideration liabilities, or other charges unrelated to core operating performance to its segments because management does not 
include this information in its measurement of the performance of the operating segments. These items are presented as “Other 
Items” in the table below. Additionally, the Company does not specifically identify and allocate all assets by operating segment.

100

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Information on the Company’s reportable segments is as follows (in millions):

$

$

$

$

$

$

Year Ended June 27, 2020

Network and Service Enablement

Network 
Enablement

Service 
Enablement

Network and 
Service 
Enablement

Optical Security 
and Performance 
Products

Other Items

Consolidated 
GAAP Measures

669.1

77.6

746.7

$

$

482.4

64.6%

49.9

52.8

102.7

$

$

719.0

130.4

849.4

$

$

286.2

0.7

286.9

$

$

— $

1,005.2

—

131.1

— $

1,136.3

68.8

67.0%

551.2

64.9%

108.8

12.8%

153.0

53.3%

102.1

35.6%

(38.9)

(92.8)

665.3

58.5%

118.1

10.4%

Year Ended June 29, 2019

Network and Service Enablement

Network 
Enablement

Service 
Enablement

Network and
Service
Enablement

Optical Security 
and Performance 
Products

Other Items

Consolidated 
GAAP Measures

666.2

71.6

737.8

$

$

49.7

53.7

103.4

$

$

715.9

125.3

841.2

$

$

288.3

0.8

289.1

$

$

— $

1,004.2

—

126.1

— $

1,130.3

473.3

64.2%

71.0

68.7%

544.3

64.7%

99.6

11.8%

145.8

50.4%

98.0

33.9%

(38.7)

(130.2)

651.4

57.6%

67.4

6.0%

Year Ended June 30, 2018

Network and Service Enablement

Network 
Enablement

Service 
Enablement

Network and
Service
Enablement

Optical Security 
and Performance 
Products

Other Items

Consolidated 
GAAP Measures

497.1

42.0

539.1

$

$

59.3

59.2

118.5

$

$

556.4

101.2

657.6

$

$

216.0

2.1

218.1

$

$

— $

—

— $

334.3

62.0%

82.6

69.7%

416.9

63.4%

43.6

6.6%

115.2

52.8%

78.2

35.9%

(43.7)

(119.9)

772.5

103.2

875.7

488.4

55.8%

1.9

0.2%

Product revenue

Service revenue

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

Operating income

Operating margin

Product revenue

Service revenue

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

Operating income 

Operating margin

Product revenue

Service revenue

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

Operating income 

Operating margin

101

 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Corporate reconciling items impacting gross profit:

Total segment gross profit

Stock-based compensation

Amortization of intangibles
Other charges unrelated to core operating performance

GAAP gross profit

Corporate reconciling items impacting operating income:

Total segment operating income

Stock-based compensation

Amortization of intangibles
Change in fair value of contingent liability (4)
Other charges unrelated to core operating performance (1)(2)(3)
Restructuring and related charges

GAAP operating income from continuing operations

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

$

$

$

$

704.2
(4.3)
(32.7)
(1.9)
665.3

210.9
(44.6)
(67.8)
31.5
(8.4)
(3.5)
118.1

$

$

$

$

690.1
(3.8)
(34.4)
(0.5)
651.4

197.6
(38.2)
(72.5)
5.9
(10.0)
(15.4)
67.4

$

$

$

$

532.1
(3.3)
(26.7)
(13.7)
488.4

121.8
(30.5)
(47.7)
—
(33.4)
(8.3)
1.9

(1)  During the years ended June 27, 2020, other charges unrelated to core operating performance primarily consisted of $1.4 million in acquisition related 

costs.

(2)  During the years ended June 29, 2019, other charges unrelated to core operating performance primarily consisted of $5.0 million in acquisition related 

costs.

(3)  During the years ended June 30, 2018, other charges unrelated to core operating performance primarily consisted of a $12.7 million in acquisition related 

costs and $12.4 million in amortization of inventory step-up.

(4)  Refer to “Note 8. Fair Value Measurements” for further detail.

The Company operates primarily in three geographic regions: Americas, Asia-Pacific, and Europe, Middle East and Africa 
(EMEA). Net revenue is assigned to the geographic region and country where the Company’s product is initially shipped. For 
example, certain customers may request shipment of product to a contract manufacturer in one country, which may differ from 
the location of their end customers. The following table presents net revenue by the three geographic regions the Company 
operates in and net revenue from countries that exceeded 10% of the Company’s total net revenue (in millions):

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

Product
Revenue

Service
Revenue

Total

Product
Revenue

Service
Revenue

Total

Product
Revenue

Service
Revenue

Total

Americas:

United States

Other Americas

Total Americas

Asia-Pacific:

Greater China

Other Asia

Total Asia-Pacific

EMEA:

Switzerland

Other EMEA

Total EMEA

$

$

$

$

$

$

288.3

57.8

346.1

238.2

108.0

346.2

64.5

248.4

312.9

$

$

$

$

$

$

53.3

15.4

68.7

7.5

14.5

22.0

0.1

40.3

40.4

$

$

$

$

$

$

341.6

73.2

414.8

245.7

122.5

368.2

64.6

288.7

353.3

$

$

$

$

$

$

287.1

69.4

356.5

209.4

142.3

351.7

$

$

$

$

55.0

14.8

69.8

7.2

13.3

20.5

$

$

$

$

342.1

84.2

426.3

216.6

155.6

372.2

97.0

$ — $

97.0

199.0

296.0

$

35.8

35.8

234.8

$

331.8

Total net revenue

$ 1,005.2

$ 131.1

$ 1,136.3

$ 1,004.2

$ 126.1

$ 1,130.3

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

282.6

64.2

346.8

126.6

78.3

204.9

75.2

145.6

220.8

772.5

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

52.9

16.8

69.7

2.0

6.9

8.9

0.1

24.5

24.6

103.2

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

335.5

81.0

416.5

128.6

85.2

213.8

75.3

170.1

245.4

875.7

102

 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

SICPA Holding SA Company (SICPA), served by the Company’s OSP segment, generated more than 10% of VIAVI net 

revenue from continuing operations during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 as summarized below (in millions):

SICPA - OSP customer

$

139.9

$

161.1

$

129.3

Property, plant and equipment, net was identified based on the operations in the corresponding geographic areas (in millions):

June 27, 2020

Years Ended

June 29, 2019

June 30, 2018

United States

Other Americas

China

Other Asia-Pacific
United Kingdom

Other EMEA

Total property, plant and equipment, net

Years Ended

June 27, 2020

June 29, 2019

$

$

85.0

$

1.6

43.8

5.8
30.1

6.2

89.4

1.6

49.0

5.6
23.8

10.5

172.5

$

179.9

103

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

Note 20. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

The following table presents the Company’s selected quarterly financial information from the Consolidated Statements of 

Operations for fiscal 2020 and 2019 (in millions, except per share data):

June 27,
2020

March 28,
2020

December
28, 2019

September
28, 2019

June 29,
2019

March 30,
2019

December
29, 2018

September
29, 2018

$

266.6

$

256.2

$

313.7

$

299.8

$ 289.7

$ 265.2

$ 306.9

$ 268.5

154.6

146.8

189.5

174.4

169.5

153.5

178.0

150.4

Net revenue

Gross profit

Net income (loss) from continuing
operations, net of tax

Net income (loss) from discontinued
operations, net of tax

26.7

(32.8)

28.0

—

—

—

Net income (loss)

$

26.7

$

(32.8) $

28.0

$

Net income (loss) per share from - basic:

Continuing operations (1)

Discontinued operations (1)

Net income (loss) (1)

Net income (loss) per share from - diluted:

Continuing operations (1)

Discontinued operations (1)

Net income (loss) (1)

Shares used in per-share calculation:

$

$

$

$

0.12

—

0.12

0.12

—

0.12

$

$

$

$

(0.14) $

0.12

—

—

(0.14) $

0.12

(0.14) $

0.12

—

—

(0.14) $

0.12

$

$

$

$

6.8

—

6.8

0.03

—

0.03

0.03

—

0.03

12.5

(4.8)

15.4

(15.3)

—

—

(2.4)

—

$

12.5

$

(4.8) $

13.0

$

(15.3)

$

$

$

$

0.05

—

0.05

0.05

—

0.05

$

$

$

$

(0.02) $

0.07

—

(0.01)

(0.02) $

0.06

(0.02) $

0.07

—

(0.01)

(0.02) $

0.06

$

$

$

$

(0.07)

—

(0.07)

(0.07)

—

(0.07)

  Basic

  Diluted

228.1

230.3

230.0

230.0

230.0

238.3

229.4

236.4

228.7

232.5

228.3

228.3

228.3

230.4

227.2

227.2

(1)  Net income (loss) per share is computed independently for each of the fiscal quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly basic and diluted net 

income (loss) per share amounts may not equal the annual basic and diluted net income (loss) per share amount for the full fiscal years.

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

(a)   EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROL AND PROCEDURES

The SEC defines the term “disclosure controls and procedures” to mean a company’s controls and other procedures that are 
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, 
processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. “Disclosure controls and 
procedures” include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by 
an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is accumulated and communicated to 
the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, 
as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to 
provide reasonable assurance that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management. Our management (with 
the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO)) has conducted an evaluation of the 
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange 
Act). Based on such evaluation, our CEO and our CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective 
at the reasonable assurance level as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, our CEO and CFO 
have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of June 27, 2020.

104

Table of Contents

(b)   MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management, including our CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation 
of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in the Internal Control-Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on its 
evaluation under the framework in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013), our management concluded that our internal 
control over financial reporting was effective as of June 27, 2020.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 27, 2020 has been audited by our 
independent registered public accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as stated in their report which appears in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K under Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Information.

(c)   CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), during 
the quarter ended June 27, 2020, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control 
over financial reporting.

(d)   LIMITATIONS ON EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTROLS

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal 
controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must 
reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because 
of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues 
and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures and 
our internal controls provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION 

None.

PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Information regarding the Company’s executive officers and directors required by this Item is incorporated by reference to 
the section entitled “Proposal One—Elections of Directors” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the 
2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the Proxy Statement), which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
within 120 days of the fiscal year ended June 27, 2020. Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by 
reference to the section entitled “Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement.

The Company has adopted the “Viavi Code of Business Conduct” as its code of ethics, which is applicable to all employees, 
officers and directors of the Company. The full text of the Viavi Code of Business Conduct is available under Corporate Governance 
Information which can be found under the Investors tab on the Company’s website at www.viavisolutions.com.

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding amendment to, or waiver from, a 
provision of our Code of Business Conduct by posting such information on our investor relations website under the heading 
“Governance-Governance Documents” at http://investor.viavisolutions.com/corporate-governance/default.aspx.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Executive Compensation,” “Director 
Compensation,” “Compensation Program Risk Assessment,” “Corporate Governance—Compensation Committee Interlocks and 
Insider Participation,” and “Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement.

105

Table of Contents

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the 

section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement.

Information regarding the Company’s stockholder approved and non-approved equity compensation plans is incorporated 

by reference to the section entitled “Equity Compensation Plans” in the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Certain Relationships and Related 
Person Transactions,” and “Code of Ethics,” “Director Independence,” and “Board Committees and Meetings” under the “Corporate 
Governance” heading in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Audit and Non-Audit Fees” in the 

Proxy Statement.

106

Table of Contents

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)  The following items are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1)  Financial Statements:

PART IV

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations — Years Ended June 27, 2020, June 29, 2019 and June 30, 2018 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income — Years Ended June 27, 2020, June 29, 2019 and June 30, 
2018

Consolidated Balance Sheets — June 27, 2020 and June 29, 2019

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended June 27, 2020, June 29, 2019 and June 30, 2018

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — Years Ended June 27, 2020, June 29, 2019 and June 30, 2018

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
47

49

50

51

52

53

54

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules: All financial statement schedules have been omitted because the required 

information is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, not applicable, or because the 
required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

(3)  Exhibits:

See Item 15(b)

(b)  Exhibits: 

The following exhibits are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the Securities and 

Exchange Commission.

Exhibit No.

Exhibit Description

Form

Exhibit

Filing Date

Herewith Not Filed

Incorporated by Reference

Filed

Furnished

2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

Stock Purchase Agreement by and among IFR Systems, 
Inc., Lockman Electronic Holdings Limited, Aeroflex 
Test Solutions Limited and Viavi Solutions Inc. dated as 
of February 1, 2018

Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between 
JDS Uniphase Corporation, Lumentum Holdings Inc. 
and Lumentum Operations LLC

8-K

2.1

2/2/2018

8-K

2.3

8/5/2015

Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation

8-K

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Viavi Solutions Inc.

10-Q

Stockholder’s and Registration Rights Agreement by and 
between JDS Uniphase Corporation and Lumentum 
Holdings Inc.

8-K

3.1

3.1

4.1

11/20/2018

2/7/2018

8/5/2015

Indenture, dated as of March 3, 2017 between Viavi 
Solutions Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association as Trustee

8-K

4.1

3/6/2017

4.3

Form of 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024

8-K

4.2
(Incl.
in 4.1)

3/6/2017

4.4

Indenture, dated as of May 29, 2018 between Viavi 
Solutions Inc. and US Bank National Association as 
Trustee

8-K

4.1

5/29/2018

4.5

Form of 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023

8-K

4.2
(Incl.
in 4.1)

5/29/2018

4.6

Description of Securities

X

107

 
 
 
8-K

10.1

2/2/2016

8-K

10.1

8/6/2015

10-K

8-K

10-Q

10-Q

10.3

10.9

10.1

10.1

8/27/2019

4/20/2015

2/6/2020

2/6/2019

8-K

10.1

8/5/2015

8-K

10.1

6/22/2020

S-8

99.1

2/11/2016

8-K

10.2

6/22/2020

8-K

10.1

10/19/2015

8-K

10.1

5/6/2020

8-K

10.1

5/29/2018

8-K

10.2

5/29/2018

3

Table of Contents

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Employment Agreement between Oleg Khaykin and 
Viavi Solutions Inc. effective as of February 3, 2016

Employment Agreement between Amar Maletira and 
Viavi Solutions Inc. effective as of September 9, 2015
Amended and Restated 1998 Employee Stock Purchase 
Plan
Form of Indemnification Agreement

Restated 2003 Equity Incentive Plan

2003 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Performance Unit 
Award Agreement (for the U.S.)

Tax Matters Agreement by and between JDS Uniphase 
Corporation and Lumentum Holdings Inc.

Viavi Solutions Inc., Change of Control Benefits Plan, 
(Amended and Restated effective June 16, 2020)
Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement, by 
and between the Registrant and Oleg Khaykin

2003 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock 
Unit Award Agreement 

Viavi Solutions Inc. Executive Severance and Retention 
Plan
Credit Agreement, dated May 5, 2020 by Viavi Solutions 
Inc., the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo N.A. as 
administrative agent

Form of Exchange Agreement between Viavi Solutions 
Inc. and Holders of 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes due 
2023
Form of Subscription Agreement between Viavi 
Solutions Inc. and Holders of 1.75% Senior Convertible 
Notes due 2023
Subsidiaries of Viavi Solutions Inc.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting 
Firm (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP)

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to the
Report)

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 
Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), 
as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 
Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), 
as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

101.DEF

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
Document

108

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

101.PRE

104

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation
Linkbase Document
The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2020,
formatted in Inline XBRL.

X

X

109

 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 16.    10-K SUMMARY

None.

110

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 

this report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

  Date: August 24, 2020

VIAVI SOLUTIONS INC.

By:
Name:

 /s/ AMAR MALETIRA
 Amar Maletira

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and 
appoints Oleg Khaykin and Amar Maletira, and each of them individually, as his or her attorney-in-fact, each with full power of 
substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to 
file the same with, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his or her substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed 

below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature

Title

/s/ OLEG KHAYKIN

Oleg Khaykin

/s/ AMAR MALETIRA
Amar Maletira

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)

/s/ RICHARD BELLUZZO

Chairman

Richard Belluzzo

/s/ KEITH BARNES

Keith Barnes

/s/ TOR BRAHAM

Tor Braham

Director

Director

/s/ TIMOTHY E. CAMPOS

Director

Timothy E. Campos

/s/ DONALD COLVIN

Donald Colvin

/s/ MASOOD JABBAR

Masood Jabbar

/s/ LAURA BLACK

Laura Black

/s/ GLENDA DORCHAK
Glenda Dorchak

Director

Director

Director

Director

111

Date

August 24, 2020

August 24, 2020

August 24, 2020

August 24, 2020

August 24, 2020

August 24, 2020

August 24, 2020

August 24, 2020

August 24, 2020

August 24, 2020